MVB Financial Corp
Annual Report 2018

Plain-text annual report

Trusted Partners on the Financial Frontier — Committed to Your Success Our True Financial North Star Where we are today in the banking industry is no different. You can do the right thing for too long. Financial institutions that focus solely on traditional banking will likely become extinct. From online banking to mobile apps and same-day payments to cryptocurrency, fintech is causing major industry disruption. MVB is becoming distinct. We are embracing disruption! It’s an exciting time. You can feel the energy building. 2018 was the best year in our history for bank earnings. More opportunities exist now than I have ever seen in my 30 years of banking. MVB is not going back to the old way. We have become leaders, not fast followers. MVB has focused on our true financial north star, which is earnings per share (EPS) driven by three major factors: net interest margin (NIM), net interest expense (NIE), and noninterest income (NII). Regarding NIE, our operating expenses were well-contained for the year, up just over 4% from the prior year period. We are continuing a long track record of good risk controls and pristine asset quality. The mortgage industry creates some volatility, but we are making progress in adding more consistent streams of NII. Our Higher Purpose We know our higher purpose is more than solely financial – our corporate culture also drives our future success. To this end, we launched a culture initiative with our partner The Pacific Institute in the fall of 2018 to guide our transformation from the inside out, touching Teammates’ hearts and minds. We rolled out our new purpose: “Trusted Partners on the Financial Frontier – Committed to Your Success.” Our new corporate values are love, trust, commitment, adaptability, and teamwork. As a company, we are purposefully adopting a “Yes, if ” instead of a “No, because” mindset, which is that of an energized, innovative start-up business. Scaling Up Mindset matters because the banking industry is an arms race right now. MVB is scaling up. We proved that our MVB 3.0 strategy, with a focus on “blue ocean” opportunities centered on our fintech vertical, is making a real impact on our bottom line. We are scaling up our fintech operations to take full advantage of our unique position to become the preferred bank of fintech giving us a competitive edge over slower adopters. Team MVB is working to ensure our traditional banking operations are lean and efficient. MVB is positioned for continued success in 2019 with our commercial lending and retail banking modernization. As MVB’s footprint expands through our fintech vertical adding clients coast to coast, we also celebrated the grand openings of two new banking centers in Northern Virginia in 2018. Our five FTE call center manages 17 personal touch Interactive Teller Machines (ITMs) at seven banking centers to provide extended hours of operation for our clients. Technology has always been a disruptive force that pushes our world into new frontiers. In the transportation industry, airplanes outpaced travel by train. In New York City, rideshare services like Uber are quickly replacing taxis. You can do the right thing for too long. When you become comfortable with the status quo and do not modernize with the technology-driven transformation around you, you can become extinct. Survival and thriving mean finding ways to embrace disruption and transform from the inside out. Distinct Not Extinct Part of the vaudeville circuit, the Robinson Grand Theater opened in 1913 in Clarksburg, West Virginia. By the late 1920s, motion pictures had become center stage, and the Robinson Grand operated as a movie theater and a community stage for local productions through the 1980s. Growing up in Clarksburg, I have many fond memories of watching movies there. As large movie multiplexes grew in popularity, usage of the Robinson Grand declined until its doors closed, and the building sat vacant for a decade. The Robinson Grand did not modernize to keep pace with technology. This is an example of doing the right thing for too long—however, I’m glad to say this story has a happy ending. In 2014 the City of Clarksburg acquired the building and initiated a $15 million project to renovate and restore the Robinson Grand Performing Arts Center. MVB helped the City of Clarksburg secure New Market and Historical Tax Credits that provided a net gain of more than $6.5 million for the project. MVB assisted with bond anticipation notes and provided a loan of $15 million. This shows MVB’s entrepreneurial spirit and its commitment to lending locally. As a trusted partner committed to this project’s success, MVB also donated $75,000 toward the historic landmark’s restoration. The grand opening of the jewel of Clarksburg’s Central Business District attracted a sold-out crowd for Jay Leno in October 2018. The Robinson Grand became distinct instead of extinct and continues to do so profitably, exceeding expectations. MVB Bank hosted a Grand Opening Celebration for its new Northern Virginia regional corporate suite and banking center near Reston Town Center on October 15, 2018. MVB’s new McLean banking center was celebrated on November 13, 2018. MVB Mortgage continues to be profitable, while may others in this industry are seeing losses. Mortgage leadership has been diligent in reducing costs and leveraging experienced, quality talent. Mortgage brings additional client business to the bank through productive referrals. Attitude of Gratitude Through this transformative journey on the financial frontier, it’s our values that make the difference. As we build our culture across the company, the buzz continues to build that MVB is a great place to work, a place where you can make a difference. We are grateful to invest our time and resources to make our communities better places to live. I am thankful for our Board of Directors and Teammates who share their time and remain committed to making MVB the best it can be with a focus on a solid return to our shareholders. Thank you for believing in our purpose and allowing MVB to be your trusted partner. As always, please feel free to contact me directly with comments or questions, including ways we can assist you or someone you know with your banking or mortgage needs. I N M E M O R I A M : Stephen R. Brooks Chairman, Family Man, and Friend Stephen R. Brooks, Chairman of the MVB Financial Corp. Board of Directors, passed away August 9, 2018. This was a great loss to our MVB family and to many of us who knew Steve personally for many years. Steve was a man who loved his family and adored his wife, Kathy. Steve had served as Chairman of the MVB Financial Corp. Board of Directors since December 19, 2013, and was one of MVB’s Founding Directors in 1999. “I am grateful for Steve’s dedication to MVB over the years and his leadership in MVB’s growth journey.” Larry F. Mazza, CEO and President Steve also served as an attorney for Flaherty Sensabaugh Bonasso. Not only was he a great attorney and businessman, but he also was an extraordinary person who served his community. He will be missed as a colleague, friend, and member of the MVB family. 03 Only the best, Larry F. Mazza, President & CEO, MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank On March 28, 2018, Steve and Kathy Brooks celebrated The Nasdaq Closing Bell Ringing with the MVB Board of Directors and Senior Leadership Team at The Nasdaq MarketSite Studio in Times Square. MVB started trading on The Nasdaq in December 2017. 04 RAISING SPIRITS White Sulphur Springs’ new cooperage will provide economic opportunity after 2016 floods Construction has officially begun on a whiskey barrel manufacturing facility—a cooperage—in White Sulphur Springs, West Virginia. But the $30 million project seeks to do more than merely make barrels. After the devastating floods that ravaged the area in June 2016 and claimed over 20 lives, the West Virginia Great Barrel Co. and MVB hope the cooperage will act as an economic driver to a region still in recovery. “A lot of houses that were destroyed belonged to families who’d lived in them for three or four generations,” said Tom Crabtree, an architect who helped kickstart the project. “Their homes were simply washed away, and they had nothing left.” White Sulphur Springs is home to The Greenbrier, a 235-year-old luxury resort and second home to numerous affluent visitors from across the country. Crabtree, the investors, and their network raised $3.5 million in the wake of the flood to rebuild the flooded area and assist displaced residents, ultimately creating a unique housing development known as Hope Village. “Then, that philanthropic network of people sat back and said, ‘Now what are these folks going to do for income?’” Crabtree said. One member of the group had experience in the distillery business and realized that there is a dramatic shortage of whiskey barrels within the whiskey industry. To distill bourbon whiskey, each barrel must be made from American White Oak and can only be used once. Crabtree and other Greenbrier frequenters formed a development team and used their collective networks to raise more than $13 million from investors, while MVB contributed a total of $12.3 million to a new project—the West Virginia Great Barrel Company. MVB provided a bridge loan of $6 million that will be replaced with an Economic Development Authority loan, in addition to a $6.3 million equipment loan to the barrel company. Already, the construction of the facility has created 80 jobs lasting through spring 2019, with production of the barrels set to begin later in the year. At the onset, the cooperage will hire around 50 people and will produce over 180,000 barrels per year, but in the future, it plans to expand its staff with an eye on doubling its production rate. The cooperage is a unique project for a bank of MVB’s size and a notable win for the bank’s Community Development Corporation. MVB has often played an ancillary role in similar projects, but with the creation of the CDC, it can now participate more directly in even more innovative lending and investing opportunities and use its expertise in leveraging New Market Tax Credits. “This is exactly the type of project MVB wants to be involved with—a project where we, as a bank, can use our professional expertise to empower people to do good on a grassroots level.” Herman DeProspero, MVB Bank North Market President and MVB CDC President BUILDING THE NEXT GENERATION MVB Bank commercial loan processing administrator Leota Shillingburg presents Gerrardstown Elementary School representatives Jennifer Wolf, Cheryl Brooke, and Melissa Hollen with a Berkeley County School Business Partnership grant award. Each year, MVB Bank pays the annual dues for four partner schools, helping provide local students with project funding and scholarship awards. 05 Historic funding project mirrors Clarksburg’s citywide revitalization For about a century, the Robinson Grand Theater thrived in the heart of Clarksburg’s downtown and served as the epicenter of the North Central West Virginia city’s arts, entertainment, and performance scene. Over time, usage waned as necessary renovations went undone, and the theater closed its doors in 2004. A decade later, the City of Clarksburg acquired the vacant facility and began laying the groundwork to resurrect the storied theater. City leaders and residents hoped the Robinson Grand would once again become a landmark destination property within the Central Business District. But first, there was the question of financing—a huge, complex undertaking only made possible through a partnership with MVB Bank. “MVB Bank assisted and supported the overall project in so many ways,” said Clarksburg City Manager Martin Howe. “MVB Bank’s management team vetted the project thoroughly before submitting the financing terms. The leadership of Larry Mazza and Herman DeProspero was very crucial, as they could see the vision the city had on this project and could recognize the minimal risk and exposure of this complex financial package that was being brought to them to review.” MVB support included a sizable contribution to the new Robinson Grand Performing Arts Center’s $2 million capital campaign—a testimonial to MVB’s strong, healthy business relationship with the City of Clarksburg. The contribution is highlighted on both the Robinson Grand’s donor wall and in the naming rights to the theater’s renovated North Concessions Area. “The City of Clarksburg has been a long-time customer of MVB Bank,” said DeProspero, MVB North Market President. “This revitalization effort has provided a location for community events, cultural events, opportunities for the arts, and arts education.” “MVB has played an instrumental role in our restoration and renovation. Not only have they been vital partners in securing financing, they have also contributed very graciously to our capital campaign.” Ryan Tolley, Robinson Grand PAC Executive Director “We view this sponsorship as not just a contribution to the theater,” he continued, “but also a contribution to the regional community and all the benefits it will allow us to provide for years to come.” A new heyday has arrived in Clarksburg. The theater is packed, with guests coming from around the region to enjoy one-of-a-kind experiences, including local theater and performances from celebrated international recording artists. The City has also committed to providing school- based educational programs for its residents—exposing them to artistic and cultural experiences that leave a lasting impression. “The collective sum is almost overwhelming,” Tolley said. “Historic preservation, economic development, cultural events, arts and entertainment, community theater, and the ability to assist various non-profits and community initiatives are just a few benefits that we can offer. “MVB keenly recognizes these opportunities and sees how they align with the bank’s goals,” he continued. “We are so greatly appreciative of MVB’s partnership and support of this project.” HELPING THE HOMELESS Home4Good partnership nets $291,000 for local agencies 06 “MVB was glad to partner with organizations serving those in need and preventing homelessness throughout West Virginia, but we had a special focus on Kanawha County and Charleston,” said Laura Rye, Community Reinvestment Act Officer for MVB. “Working with Traci Strickland at the Kanawha Valley Collective, we identified numerous projects that met the targeted purpose of Home4Good.” “It’s our great pleasure to be connected with organizations that do such good work to provide all people with the most basic elements of life with dignity and grace.” Laura Rye, Community Reinvestment Act Officer Home4Good helps those who are homeless or at risk of homelessness by financially supporting local homeless service organizations focused on prevention and innovative solutions. Visit fhlb-pgh.com/home4good for more information. In the fight against homelessness, there is a desperate need for funding that can be used creatively—without red tape. To meet that need, Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLBank Pittsburgh), in partnership with the West Virginia Housing Development Fund, awarded six Home4Good grants in December 2018 to agencies fighting homelessness in Kanawha County, West Virginia—all made possible through partnerships with MVB Bank and another FHLBank member institution. THE COVENANT HOUSE A day shelter awarded $36,000 for homelessness prevention. THE KANAWHA VALLEY COLLECTIVE A grassroots Continuum of Care (COC) agency, was awarded $60,000 for service expansion, HMIS oversight and flex funds, and $13,881 for Continuum of Care administration. PRESTERA CENTER Serves over 20,000 West Virginians by providing behavioral health and addiction recovery, was awarded $50,000 to put toward its street outreach efforts. REA OF HOPE Received $65,000 for its fellowship home to help homeless women in early recovery. THE ROARK-SULLIVAN LIFEWAY CENTER Awarded $30,000 to provide transitional living services for homeless veterans. YWCA SOJOURNER’S SHELTER FOR HOMELESS WOMEN AND FAMILIES Awarded $36,621 to continue offering 24/7/365 shelter and direct support services to those in need. From left to right are Eric Voiers of the Roark-Sullivan Lifeway Center, Margaret O’Neal of United Way representing the Kanawha Valley Collective, Traci Strickland of Prestera Center, George Gannon of the WV Housing Development Fund, Marie Beavers of Rea of Hope, MVB Bank South Market President Jarrod Furgason, Elaine Secrist of Rea of Hope, Margaret Taylor of YWCA Sojourner’s Shelter for Homeless Women and Families, and David Bennett of Covenant House. MORE THAN WORDS CAN SAY Relationship banker goes the extra mile to connect with client When Ibrahim Piracha reached out to MVB Relationship Banker Taylor Lawrimore to learn more about MVB, the lines of communication were wide open. Every prospect conversation is unique, but this one was a little more unique than others. Ibby—as he’s known to friends and family—is deaf. and you’re trying to communicate with them as best you can. That’s what it’s like to be deaf.” Ibby and Taylor first met in high school, where they would talk at lunch using American Sign Language (ASL), a language in which Ibby was fluent but one that Taylor had only studied for a year. Taylor graduated from Randolph College last spring and began working at MVB’s Leesburg, Virginia, branch. A few months later, Ibby reached out to Taylor through Facebook, with questions about MVB. The friends chatted online, giving Lawrimore an opportunity to share how MVB was different from other banks in the region. A few weeks later, Ibby and his wife, Katherine, came into the Leesburg branch to open their account. So, Lawrimore decided to crack open her old high school textbook to relearn what she’d forgotten and continue to develop her ASL abilities. It was difficult to pick up after a four-year hiatus, but things began to come back quickly. “I really wanted to learn ASL for Ibby and all deaf individuals, because I can understand what it is like to be left out of a conversation; it feels uncomfortable,” Lawrimore said. It also comes down to wanting to help people, Lawrimore said, because her job as a relationship banker is to make her clients’ banking lives easier. “We communicated with each other by writing notes back and forth on a notepad,” Lawrimore said. “Imagine being in a room full of people who speak a different language “It also might be a little naive of me to believe this, but our job as humans is to help each other,” she said. 07 Lisa Mathews, Sabraton Banking Center Manager, and Tina Spangler, Treasury Services Officer, volunteer with the Deckers Court Habitat for Humanity build in Monongalia County. MVB empowers Habitat for Humanity branches across West Virginia MVB’s partnership with the Mon Valley, West Virginia, branch of Habitat for Humanity began with a chance human reconnection. In 2014, HFH Executive Director Shawnda Cook dropped her dog off at her veterinarian’s office, which was in the midst of building a new facility. She noticed two familiar faces on a sign announcing the future construction. “I recognized Chuck Myden, who used to be my relationship banker, and Herman DeProspero, who went to school with my brother,” she said. “I just called them up. It was really easy to reconnect with them.” Founded in 1990, the Mon Valley Habitat for Humanity office serves Monongalia County, West Virginia. Until its partnership with MVB, the organization completed a new home in around 18 months on average. Now, it completes four or five in a single year. Last year, Mon Valley Habitat for Humanity expanded to serve Marion and Preston counties.  “We couldn’t have done this without access to the funding that MVB provides. We’ve had some relationships with banks in the past, but our partnership with MVB has enabled us to do so much more.” Shawnda Cook, Habitat for Humanity Executive Director MVB created a financing program that could be templated in any MVB market with a Habitat for Humanity affiliate. Other Habitat for Humanity branches throughout West Virginia have formed partnerships with their own local MVB banking centers. MVB provides the organization with up-front funding for Habitat’s construction loans, while also working as Habitat’s member bank for the FHLBank Pittsburgh. This membership allows Habitat for Humanity to obtain grant money, which is used to pay off the construction loan once a home is complete. Any surplus of grant dollars goes toward furthering Habitat for Humanity’s mission. But Team MVB members aren’t afraid to roll up their sleeves, too. Every year, the bank holds Team MVB Cares Week, during which every banking center picks a different charity to volunteer with each day of the week. Helping out on a build is always a highlight. Since its inception, Mon Valley Habitat for Humanity has built 57 homes and provided 232 people with affordable housing. It also operates a second-hand store that offers gently used furniture, building materials, and other donations to those in need.  “Habitat builds are fun,” said Herman DeProspero. “You could be putting up walls or installing a roof. There’s a sense of camaraderie when you’re working outside the office. We couldn’t be more proud to help Habitat for Humanity’s cause.”  MVB FINANCIAL CORP. BOARD OF DIRECTORS DAVID B. ALVAREZ Interim Chairman Owner & CEO, Energy Transportation, LLC & Applied Construction Solutions JAMES J. CAVA JR. Managing Member, Cava & Banko, PLLC, Certified Public Accountants CFO, Ryan Environmental & Ryan Environmental Transport, LLC HARRY EDWARD DEAN III CEO, Potomac Mortgage Group (dba MVB Mortgage), a wholly owned subsidiary of MVB Bank JOHN W. EBERT President, J.W. Ebert Corporation, a McDonald’s Restaurant franchise DANIEL W. HOLT Co-Founder & CEO of BillGO GARY A. LEDONNE Executive in Residence & Master of Professional Accountancy Program Coordinator, John Chambers College of Business and Economics of West Virginia University LARRY F. MAZZA President & CEO, MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank DR. KELLY R. NELSON Physician J. CHRISTOPHER PALLOTTA Director, Bond Insurance Agency, Inc. SHAREHOLDER & COMPANY INFORMATION SHAREHOLDERS MEETING The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of MVB Financial Corp. (MVB) will be held at 9:00 a.m. May 21, 2019, at the MVB Reston Office, 12100 Sunset Hills Road, Reston, VA 20190. This meeting is for the purpose of considering and voting upon certain proposals. Only those shareholders of record at the close of business on March 27, 2019, shall be entitled to notice of the meeting and to vote at the meeting. TRANSFER AGENT & SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES The corporation’s transfer agent is Computershare. Inquiries concerning transfer requirements, lost certificates, and change of address should be directed to: Computershare 462 South 4th Street Louisville, KY 40202 www.computershare.com ALL OTHER INQUIRIES Investor inquiries to the company should be directed to: Marcie Lipscomb 304.285.0020 mlipscomb@mvbbanking.com ALL OTHER INQUIRIES ABOUT THE COMPANY SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO: MVB Financial Corp. Attn: Investor Relations 301 Virginia Avenue Fairmont, WV 26554 844-MVB-BANK (844-682-2265) FORM 10-K A copy of the MVB Financial Corp. Form 10-K for 2018, which has been filed with the SEC, is available without attachments at no charge upon written request and is also available at http://ir.mvbbanking.com. Inquiries should be directed to the Investor Relations contact above. INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP 809 Glen Eagles Court, Suite 200 Baltimore, MD 21286 STOCK MARKET LISTING MVB Financial Corp. stock is traded on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol: MVBF. UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 or 1934 For the transition period from __________ to __________. Commission file Number 34603-9 MVB Financial Corp. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) West Virginia (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 301 Virginia Avenue, Fairmont, WV (Address of principal executive offices) 20-0034461 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 26554 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (304) 363-4800 (Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report) [None] Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, $1.00 Par Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) Act. Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” “emerging growth company” and in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No Based upon the average selling price of sales known to the registrant of the common shares of the registrant during the period through June 30, 2018, the aggregate market value of the common shares of the registrant held by non-affiliates during that time was $182,228,540. For this purpose, certain executive officers and directors are considered affiliates. Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 21, 2019, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As of March 7, 2019, the registrant had 11,607,293 shares of common stock outstanding with a par value of $1.00 per share. Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Selected Financial Data Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services PART IV Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 2 Page 3 18 27 27 27 28 29 31 33 57 58 114 114 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS Corporate Overview PART I MVB Financial Corp. (“the Company”) is a financial holding company and was organized in 2003. MVB operates principally through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MVB Bank, Inc. (“MVB Bank”). MVB Bank’s operating subsidiaries include MVB Mortgage, MVB Insurance, LLC (“MVB Insurance”), and MVB Community Development Corporation (“CDC”). MVB Bank was chartered in 1997 and commenced operations in 1999. In 2012, MVB Bank acquired Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc. (“PMG” which began doing business under the registered trade name “MVB Mortgage”), a mortgage company in the northern Virginia area, and fifty percent (50%) interest in a mortgage services company, Lender Service Provider, LLC (“LSP”). In 2013, this fifty percent interest (50%) in LSP was reduced to a twenty-five percent (25%) interest and in 2017, a forfeiture of a partial interest occurred, which increased the interest owned to thirty-three percent (33%). At this time, LSP began doing business as Lenderworks. MVB Insurance was originally formed in 2000. In 2013, MVB Insurance became a direct subsidiary of the Company. In 2016, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with USI Insurance Services (“USI”), in which USI purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of MVB Insurance, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $6.9 million and was reported in discontinued operations. MVB Insurance retained the assets related to, and continues to operate, its title insurance business, which is immaterial in terms of revenue. The Company reorganized MVB Insurance as a subsidiary of the Bank in 2016. MVB CDC was formed in 2017 and was created as a means to provide opportunities for loans and investments that help to increase access to equity capital in under-served urban and rural areas of West Virginia and our market areas in Virginia. MVB CDC promotes specific bank-driven economic development strategies, provides for effective support for its CRA compliance strategy, and helps to support positive local reputation of the Bank through marketing and visible activities in the communities where we live and work. Business Overview The Company’s primary business activities, through its subsidiaries, are primarily community banking and mortgage banking. The Bank offers its customers a full range of products and services including: • Various demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, and certificates of deposit; • Commercial, consumer, and real estate mortgage loans and lines of credit; • Debit cards; • Cashier’s checks; • Safe deposit rental facilities; and • Non-deposit investment services. The Company is also involved in new innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech. The Bank’s financial products and services are offered through its financial service locations and automated teller machines (“ATMs”) in West Virginia and Virginia, as well as telephone and internet-based banking through both personal computers and mobile devices. Non-deposit investment services are offered through an association with a broker-dealer. Since its opening in 1999, the Bank has experienced significant growth in assets, loans, and deposits due to strong community and customer support in Marion and Harrison counties in West Virginia, expansion into Jefferson, Berkeley, Monongalia, and Kanawha counties in West Virginia and, most recently, into Fairfax and Loudoun counties in Virginia. Since the acquisition of PMG, mortgage banking is now a much more significant focus, which has opened increased market opportunities in the Washington, DC metropolitan region and added enough volume to further diversify the Company’s revenue stream. The Company’s business activities include three reportable segments: commercial and retail banking, mortgage banking, and a financial holding company. For a discussion of each of these reporting segments, please see Note 21, “Segment Reporting” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 3 Table of Contents Primary Market Area and Customers The Company considers its primary market area to be comprised of those counties where it has a physical branch presence and their contiguous counties. This includes Marion, Harrison, Jefferson, Berkeley, Monongalia, and Kanawha counties of West Virginia and Fairfax and Loudoun counties of Virginia. The Bank currently operates a total of fifteen full-service banking branches: twelve in West Virginia and three in Virginia. MVB Mortgage operates eleven mortgage-only offices, located in Virginia, within the Washington, DC metropolitan area, Maryland, North Carolina, and South Carolina. In addition, MVB Mortgage has mortgage loan originators located at select Bank locations throughout West Virginia. The Company originates various types of loans, including commercial and commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, real estate construction loans, and consumer loans (loans to individuals). In general, the Company retains most of its originated loans (exclusive of long-term, fixed rate residential mortgages that are sold). However, loans originated in excess of the Bank’s legal lending limit are participated to other banking institutions and the servicing of those loans is retained by the Bank. The current economic climate in the Company’s primary market areas reflect economic climates that are consistent with the general national climate. Unemployment in the United States was 3.7%, 3.9% and 4.5% in December 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The unemployment levels in the Company’s primary market areas were as follows for the periods indicated: Berkeley County, WV Harrison County, WV Jefferson County, WV Marion County, WV Monongalia County, WV Kanawha County, WV Fairfax County, VA Loudoun County, VA Segment Reporting December 2018 December 2017 December 2016 3.5% 4.3% 3.0% 4.9% 3.7% 4.5% 2.1% 2.1% 3.6% 4.6% 3.0% 5.4% 3.5% 5.1% 2.6% 2.7% 3.0% 4.9% 2.6% 5.1% 3.3% 4.7% 3.0% 3.0% The Company has identified three reportable segments: commercial and retail banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. Insurance services was previously identified as a reportable segment until entering into the Asset Purchase Agreement with USI, as discussed above and in Note 22, “Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Revenue from commercial and retail banking activities consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. Revenue from financial holding company activities is mainly comprised of intercompany service income and dividends. Revenue from the mortgage banking activities is comprised of interest earned on loans and fees received as a result of the mortgage origination process. The mortgage banking services are conducted by MVB Mortgage. Revenue from insurance services is comprised mainly of commissions on the sale of insurance products. None of the insurance services activity is included in continuing operations due to the sale, as discussed below and in Note 22, “Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For more information about each of the Company’s reportable segments, please refer to Note 21, “Segment Reporting” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Commercial Loans At December 31, 2018, the Bank had outstanding approximately $941.0 million in commercial loans, including commercial, commercial real estate, financial and agricultural loans. These loans represented approximately 72.2% of the total aggregate loan portfolio as of that date. 4 Table of Contents Lending Practices. Commercial lending entails significant additional risks as compared with consumer lending (i.e., single-family residential mortgage lending, and installment lending). In addition, the payment experience on commercial loans typically depends on adequate cash flow of a business and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the general economy or in a specific industry. Loan terms include amortization schedules commensurate with the purpose of each loan, the source of repayment and the risk involved. The primary analysis technique used in determining whether to grant a commercial loan is the review of a schedule of estimated cash flows to evaluate whether anticipated future cash flows will be adequate to service both interest and principal due. In addition, the Bank reviews collateral to determine its value in relation to the loan in the event of a foreclosure. The Bank evaluates all new commercial loans and the Credit Department facilitates an annual loan review process that ensures that a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio, typically a minimum of 50%, is reviewed each year under a risk-based approach. If deterioration in credit worthiness has occurred, the Bank takes prompt action designed to assure repayment of the loan. Upon detection of the reduced ability of a borrower to meet original cash flow obligations, the loan is considered a classified loan and reviewed for possible downgrading or placement on non-accrual status. Consumer Loans At December 31, 2018, the Bank had outstanding consumer loans in an aggregate amount of approximately $9.6 million or approximately 0.7% of the aggregate total loan portfolio. Lending Practices: Consumer loans generally involve more risk as to collectability than mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral and, in certain instances, the absence of collateral. As a result, consumer lending collections are dependent upon the borrower’s continued financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by employment loss, personal bankruptcy, or adverse economic conditions. Credit approval for consumer loans requires demonstration of sufficiency of income to repay principal and interest due, stability of employment, a positive credit record and sufficient collateral for secured loans. It is the policy of the Bank to review its consumer loan portfolio monthly and to charge-off loans that do not meet its standards and to adhere strictly to all laws and regulations governing consumer lending. Real Estate Loans At December 31, 2018, the Bank had approximately $353.9 million of residential real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, and construction mortgages outstanding, representing 27.1% of total loans outstanding. Lending Practices: The Bank generally requires that the residential real estate loan amount be no more than 80% of the purchase price or the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance for the percentage exceeding 80%. Occasionally, the Bank may lend up to 100% of the appraised value of the real estate. Loans made in this lending category are generally one to ten-year adjustable rate, fully amortizing to maturity mortgages. MVB Bank also originates fixed rate real estate loans and generally sells these loans in the secondary market. Most real estate loans are secured by first mortgages with evidence of title in favor of the Bank in the form of an attorney’s opinion of the title or a title insurance policy. MVB Bank also requires proof of hazard insurance with the Bank named as the mortgagee and as the loss payee. Full appraisals are obtained from licensed appraisers for the majority of loans secured by real estate. Home Equity Loans: Home equity lines of credit are generally made as second mortgages by MVB Bank. The maximum amount of a home equity line of credit is generally limited to 80% of the appraised value of the property less the balance of the first mortgage. The Bank will lend up to 89.9% of the appraised value of the property at higher interest rates which are considered compatible with the additional risk assumed in these types of loans. The home equity lines of credit are written with 10 year terms, but are subject to review upon request for renewal. Construction Loans: Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. If the estimate of construction cost proves to be inaccurate, MVB may advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the project. Also, note that with respect to construction loans, the Bank generally makes loans to the homeowner and not to builders. At December 31, 2018, residential mortgage construction loans to individuals totaled approximately $93.2 million with an average life of 8 months and are generally refinanced to a permanent loan upon completion of the construction. 5 Table of Contents Competition The Company experiences significant competition in attracting depositors and borrowers. Competition in lending activities comes principally from other commercial banks, savings associations, insurance companies, governmental agencies, credit unions, brokerage firms and pension funds. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rate and overall lending services. Competition for deposits comes from other commercial banks, savings associations, money market funds and credit unions as well as from insurance companies and brokerage firms. The primary factors in competing for deposits are interest rates paid on deposits, account liquidity, convenience of office location and overall financial condition. The Company believes that its community approach provides flexibility, which enables the Bank to offer an array of banking products and services. MVB Mortgage faces significant competition from both traditional financial institutions and other national and local mortgage banking operations. The Company primarily focuses on the Marion, Harrison, Jefferson, Berkeley, Monongalia and Kanawha County markets in West Virginia and the northern Virginia area for its products and services. Management believes it has developed a level of expertise in serving this area. The Company operates under a “needs-based” selling approach that management believes has proven successful in serving the financial needs of most customers. It is not the Company’s strategy to compete solely on the basis of interest rates. Management believes that a focus on customer relationships and service will promote our customers’ continued use of our financial products and services and will lead to enhanced revenue opportunities. Supervision and Regulation The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state laws. The Company’s earnings are affected by general economic conditions, management policies, changes in state and federal laws and regulations and actions of various regulatory authorities, including those referred to in this section. The following discussion describes elements of an extensive regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies, financial holding companies, and banks and contains specific information about the Company. Regulation of banks, bank holding companies, and financial holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the insurance fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the stability of the financial system, rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors. In addition to banking laws, regulations and regulatory agencies, the Company is subject to various other laws, regulations, supervision and examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of the Company and its ability to make distributions to shareholders. State and federal law govern the activities in which the Bank engages, the investments it makes, and the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect the Company’s operations. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any such changes and the impact such changes may have on the Company is impossible to determine with any certainty. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company and its subsidiary could have a material effect on our business, financial condition or our results of operations. Financial Regulatory Reform During the past several years, there has been a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight for U.S. financial services firms, primarily resulting from the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complicated, and comprehensive legislation that impacts practically all aspects of a banking organization, representing a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act implements numerous and far-reaching changes that affect financial companies, including banks, bank holding companies, and financial holding companies such as the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new prudential regulation on depository institutions and their holding companies. As such, the Company is subject to more stringent standards and requirements with respect to (1) bank and nonbank acquisitions and mergers, (2) the “financial activities” in which it engages as a financial holding company, (3) affiliate transactions and (4) proprietary trading, among other provisions. On May 24, 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “EGRRCPA”) was enacted, which repeals or modifies certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and eases regulations on all but the largest banks. These modifications include, among other changes: (i) exempting banks with less than $10 billion in assets from the ability-to-repay requirements for certain qualified residential mortgage loans held in portfolio; (ii) not require appraisals for certain transactions 6 Table of Contents valued at less than $400,000 in rural areas; (iii) exempt banks that originate fewer than 500 open-end and 500 closed-end mortgages from the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act’s expanded data disclosures; (iv) clarify that, subject to various conditions, reciprocal deposits of another depository institution obtained using a deposit broker through a deposit placement network for purposes of obtaining maximum deposit insurance would not be considered brokered deposits subject to the FDIC’s brokered-deposit regulations; (v) raise eligibility for the 18-month exam cycle from $1 billion to banks with $3 billion in assets; and (vi) simplify capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (tangible equity to average consolidated assets) at a percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that upon the election of a bank would replace the risk-based capital requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board was required to raise the asset threshold under its Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement from $1 billion to $3 billion for bank holding companies that are exempt from consolidated capital requirements, provided that such companies meet certain other conditions such as not engaging in significant nonbanking activities. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and other laws, such as the EGRRCPA, are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed and/or adopted that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating and doing business in the United States. Changes in leadership at various federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, can also change the policy direction of these agencies. Certain of these recent proposals and changes are described below. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of any new regulations so promulgated, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer products or disclosures required by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the requirements of the enhanced supervision provisions, among others. Regulatory Agencies The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Company is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and it and its subsidiary are subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The BHCA provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as the Company by the Federal Reserve Board, and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as administered by the SEC. The Bank is a West Virginia state chartered bank. The Bank is not a member bank of the Federal Reserve System (“non-member bank”). Accordingly, the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions and the FDIC are the primary regulators of the Bank. Bank Holding Company Activities In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In addition, bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board), without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments. Under current federal law, as a bank holding company, the Company has elected to become a financial holding company. Most of the financial activities that are permissible for financial holding companies also are permissible for a bank’s “financial subsidiary,” except for insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investments, real estate investments and development, and merchant banking, which must be conducted by a financial holding company. In order for a financial subsidiary of a bank to engage in permissible financial activities, federal law requires, among other conditions, that the parent bank be well managed and have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating, and the parent bank and all of its bank affiliates must be well capitalized. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations and the depository institution subsidiaries controlled by the company must have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating. A depository institution subsidiary is considered to be “well capitalized” if it satisfies the requirements for this status discussed in the sections captioned “Capital 7 Table of Contents Requirements” and “Prompt Corrective Action,” included elsewhere in this item. A depository institution subsidiary is considered “well managed” if it received a composite rating of 1 or 2 and management rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these capital and management requirements, the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations provide that the financial holding company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and the company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve Board may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions. Under the Riegle-Neal lnterstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, banks must be both well capitalized and well managed to merger with a bank with a different home state. If a depository institution receives a rating of less than satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act, the financial holding company may not commence any additional financial activity or acquire a company engaged in financial activity, until the bank subsidiary has achieved at least a rating of satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHCA or to acquire a company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act. See the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item. The Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve Board has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company. As required by the EGRRCPA, in August 2018, the Federal Reserve Board issued an interim final rule that expanded applicability of the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. The interim final rule raised the policy statement’s asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion in total consolidated assets for a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company that: (1) is not engaged in significant nonbanking activities; (2) does not conduct significant off-balance sheet activities; and (3) does not have a material amount of debt or equity securities, other than trust-preferred securities, outstanding that are registered with the SEC. The interim final rule provides that, if warranted for supervisory purposes, the Federal Reserve Board may exclude a company from the threshold increase. Management believes the Company meets the conditions of the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement and is therefore excluded from consolidated capital requirements and is subject to specific debt to equity ratio requirements. To be considered well capitalized, a company subject to the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement must meet certain requirements, including having a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.0:1 or less. Further, qualification as a small bank holding company allows the Company to file more abbreviated, and less frequent, consolidated and holding company reports with the Federal Reserve. The Bank remains subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Federal Securities Regulation The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes- Oxley Act”), which imposes numerous reporting, accounting, corporate governance and business practices on companies, as well as financial and other professionals who have involvement with the U.S. public markets. We are generally subject to these requirements and applicable SEC rules and regulations. Acquisitions The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, West Virginia banking law, and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks and their parent holding companies. The BHCA requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the direct or indirect acquisition by a bank holding company of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the FDIC or other appropriate bank regulatory authority is required for a non-member bank to merge with another bank or purchase substantially all of the assets or assume any deposits of another bank. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (see the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item) and its compliance with consumer protection laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. 8 Table of Contents Current federal law authorizes interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without geographic limitation. Furthermore, a bank headquartered in one state is authorized to merge with a bank headquartered in another state, subject to market share limitations and any state requirement that the target bank shall have been in existence and operating for a minimum period of time. After a bank has established branches in a state through an interstate merger transaction, the bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where a bank headquartered in that state could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal or state law. These regulatory considerations are applicable to privately negotiated acquisition transactions. Other Safety and Soundness Regulations The Federal Reserve Board has enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations of law, rule, regulation, administrative order or written agreement with a federal regulator. These powers may be exercised through the issuance of cease and desist orders, civil money penalties or other actions. Federal and state banking regulators also have broad enforcement powers over the Bank, including the power to impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and to appoint a receiver in order to conserve the assets of the Bank for the benefit of depositors and other creditors. The West Virginia commissioner of banking also has the authority to take possession of a West Virginia state bank in certain circumstances, including, among other things, when it appears necessary in order to protect or preserve the assets of that bank for the benefit of depositors and other creditors. Anti-Money Laundering and the USA PATRIOT Act A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, or the USA Patriot Act, substantially broadened the scope of United States anti- money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The USA Patriot Act contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. The USA Patriot Act includes the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, which grants the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institutions’ operations. The U.S. Treasury has issued a number of regulations to implement the USA Patriot Act under this authority requiring financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these obligations. Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. We are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Incentive Compensation The Federal Reserve Board reviews, as part of its regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews are tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of this supervisory initiative will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated 9 Table of Contents into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk- management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. In June 2016, the Federal Reserve Board, other federal banking agencies, and the SEC jointly published a proposed rulemaking designed to strengthen the incentive-based compensation practices at covered institutions by better aligning the financial rewards for covered persons with an institution’s long-term safety and soundness. The proposed rule uses a tiered approach that applies provisions to covered financial institutions according to three categories of average total consolidated assets: Level 1 ($250 billion or more), Level 2 ($50 billion to $250 billion), and Level 3 ($1 billion to $50 billion). For all covered institutions, the proposed rule would (i) prohibit types and features of incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks because they are “excessive” or “could lead to material financial loss” at a covered institution, (ii) require incentive-based compensation arrangements to adhere to three basic principles: (1) a balance between risk and reward; (2) effective risk management and controls; and (3) effective governance, and (iii) require appropriate board or directors (or committee) oversight and record keeping and disclosures to the appropriate agency. For Level 1 and Level 2 institutions, the proposed rule would (i) require the following: the deferral of awards for senior executive officers and significant risk takers; the subjecting of unpaid and unvested incentive compensation to the risk of downward adjustments or forfeiture; the subjecting of paid incentive compensation to the risk of “clawback;” establishing a board compensation committee; expanded risk-management and control standards; additional record keeping requirements for senior executive officers and significant risk takers; and detailed policies and procedures to ensure rule compliance and (ii) prohibit certain inappropriate practices, including: the purchase of hedging instruments that offset decreases in the value of incentive compensation; allowing a range of payouts that might encourage risk taking; and basing compensation solely on comparison to peer and volume-driven incentives without regard to transaction quality or compliance with sound risk management. The comment period ended in July 2016. If these or other regulations are adopted in a form similar to that initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which we may structure compensation for our executives. In addition, SEC regulations require public companies, like the Company, to provide various disclosures about executive compensation in annual reports and proxy statements and to present to their shareholders a non-binding vote on the approval of executive compensation. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation and SEC rulemaking with respect to executive compensation are continuing to develop. The Volcker Rule The Volcker Rule implements section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and prohibits insured depository institutions and affiliated companies (together, “banking entities”) from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, and commodity futures, and options on these instruments, for their own account and prohibits banking entities from investing in certain types of funds (“covered funds”). The requirements of the Volcker Rule as implemented and any proposed changes are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Volcker Rule does not significantly impact the operations of the Company and its subsidiary, as we do not have any significant engagement in the businesses prohibited by the Volcker Rule. EGRRCPA exempts from the Volcker Rule banking entities with $10 billion or less in total consolidated assets and have total trading assets and trading liabilities that are less than 5% of total consolidated assets. Implementation of this provision is subject to a rulemaking which is in process. The Company and the Bank are below these thresholds and thus exempt from the Volcker Rule, subject to a rulemaking implementing this EGRRCPA provision. That rulemaking is in process. 10 Table of Contents Limit on Dividends The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company’s ability to obtain funds for the payment of dividends and for other cash requirements largely depends on the amount of dividends the Bank declares. However, the Federal Reserve Board expects the Company to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank to reduce potential loss exposure to the Bank’s depositors and to the FDIC insurance fund in the event the Bank becomes insolvent or is in danger of becoming insolvent. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by the Company to the Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank. In the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the Company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment. Accordingly, the Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to retain capital for further investment in the Bank, rather than pay dividends to its shareholders. The Bank may not pay dividends to the Company if, after paying those dividends, the Bank would fail to meet the required minimum levels under the risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage ratio requirements. The Bank must have the approval from the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions if a dividend in any year would cause the total dividends for that year to exceed the sum of the current year’s net earnings as defined and the retained earnings for the preceding two years as defined, less required transfers to surplus. These provisions could limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its outstanding common shares. In addition, the Company and the Bank are subject to other regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums (See “Capital Requirements”, below). The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank holding company or a bank that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have stated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. Transactions with Affiliates Transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Company or any other subsidiary, on the other hand, are regulated under federal banking law. The Federal Reserve Act, made applicable by section 8(j) of the FDIA, imposes quantitative and qualitative requirements and collateral requirements on covered transactions by the Bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates, and generally requires those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party. Covered transactions are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. In general, any such transaction by the Bank or its subsidiaries must be limited to certain thresholds on an individual and aggregate basis and, for credit transactions with any affiliate, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral. Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of non- repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons individually and in the aggregate. Capital Requirements The Bank is required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC (“Capital Rules”). The Company is exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy standards as it believes it meets the requirements of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. State chartered banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions. 11 Table of Contents The Capital Rules, among other things, (i) include a “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) measure, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios effective as of January 1, 2015 are: • • • • 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets; 6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets; 8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the leverage ratio”). The Capital Rules also include a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk- weighted asset ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and will increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The Capital Rules also provide for a “countercyclical capital buffer” that is only applicable to certain covered institutions and does not have any current applicability to the Company or the Bank. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and effectively increases the minimum required risk-weighted capital ratios. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the capital conservation buffer and, if applicable, the countercyclical capital buffer) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Since fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Capital Rules require the Bank to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%; and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. The Capital Rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. The Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the general risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In September 2017, the Federal Reserve Board, along with other bank regulatory agencies, proposed amendments to its capital requirements to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules for community banks, including the Bank, in an attempt to reduce the regulatory burden for such smaller financial institutions. Because the amendments were proposed with a request for comments and have not been finalized, we do not yet know what effect the final rules will have on the Bank’s capital calculations. In November 2017, the federal banking agencies extended for community banks the existing capital requirements for certain items, including mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest, which were scheduled to change effective January 1, 2018, in light of the simplification amendments being considered. In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an update to the accounting standards for credit losses that included the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) methodology, which replaces the existing incurred loss methodology for certain financial assets. CECL becomes effective January 1, 2020. In December 2018, the federal bank regulatory agencies approved a final rule providing an option to phase-in, over a period of three years, the day-one regulatory capital effects resulting from the implementation of CECL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the EGRRCPA simplifies capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for insured depository institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (tangible equity to average consolidated assets) at a percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that such institutions may elect to replace the general applicable risk-based capital requirements under the Capital Rules. Such institutions that meet the community bank leverage ratio will automatically be deemed to be well-capitalized, although the regulators retain the flexibility to determine that the institution may not qualify for the community bank leverage ratio test based on the institution’s risk profile. The federal banking agencies have proposed a community bank leverage ratio of 9% with additional parameters, including limited amounts of off-balanced sheet exposure. That proposal has not been finalized, and until such time, the Capital Rules as described above remain in effect. The effective date and specific requirements for the community bank leverage ratio are unknown. With respect to the Bank, the Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action.” 12 Table of Contents Prompt Corrective Action The FDIA requires among other things, the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA includes the following five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures, which reflect changes under the Capital Rules that became effective on January 1, 2015, are the total capital ratio, the CET1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio. A bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 3.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes. As noted above, the EGRRCPA will eliminate these requirements for banks with less than $10.0 billion in assets who elect to follow the community bank leverage ratio once regulators finalize the regulation. The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The FDIA provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking agency determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution. In addition to the “prompt corrective action” directives, failure to meet capital guidelines may subject a banking organization to a variety of other enforcement remedies, including additional substantial restrictions on its operations and activities, termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and, under certain conditions, the appointment of a conservator or receiver. 13 Table of Contents For further information regarding the capital ratios and leverage ratio of the Company and the Bank see the discussion under the section captioned “Capital/Stockholders’ Equity” included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 14, “Regulatory Capital Requirements” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Safety and Soundness Standards The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. See “Prompt Corrective Action” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties. Deposit Insurance The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system that determines assessment rates for an insured depository institution based on an assessment rate calculator, which is based on a number of elements to measure the risk each insured depository institution poses to the FDIC insurance fund. The assessment rate is applied to total average assets less tangible equity, as defined under the Dodd-Frank Act. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. Under the current system, premiums are assessed quarterly. Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Depositor Preference The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) membership The FHLB provides credit to its members in the form of advances. As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, the Bank must maintain an investment in the capital stock of that FHLB in an amount equal to 0.10% of the calculated Member Asset Value (“MAV”) plus 4.00% of outstanding advances and 0.75% of outstanding letters of credit. The MAV is determined by taking line item values for various investment and loan classes and applying an FHLB haircut to each item. At December 31, 2018, the Bank held capital stock of FHLB in the amount of $11.3 million. Federal and State Consumer Laws The Company and the Bank are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern our relationship with our customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in 14 Table of Contents Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’ respective state-law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict our ability to raise interest rates and subject us to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general, and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state and local attorneys general in each jurisdiction in which we operate and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in our failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions we may wish to pursue or our prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required. Consumer Financial Protection We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern our relationship with our customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’ respective state-law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict our ability to raise interest rates and subject us to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal financial regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in our failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions we may wish to pursue or our prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required. The CFPB is a federal agency responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB can issue cease-and-desist orders against banks and other entities that violate consumer financial laws. The CFPB may also institute a civil action against an entity in violation of federal consumer financial law in order to impose a civil penalty or injunction. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. The CFPB also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets, as well as their affiliates, which authority would not apply to the Company or the Bank. As the Bank’s principal federal regulator, the FDIC has examination and enforcement authority over the Bank. The CFPB has concentrated much of its rulemaking efforts on a variety of mortgage-related topics required under the Dodd-Frank Act, including mortgage origination disclosures, minimum underwriting standards and ability to repay, high-cost mortgage lending, and servicing practices. The CFPB issued final rules changing the reporting requirements for lenders under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The new rules expand the range of transactions subject to these requirements to include most securitized residential mortgage loans and credit lines. The rules also increase the overall amount of data required to be collected and submitted, including additional data points about the loans and borrowers. The expanded data is being collected as of January 1, 2018. Financial Privacy Federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions, including substantial customer privacy protections provided under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (commonly known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act). Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, an institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer 15 Table of Contents is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means. In December 2015, Congress amended the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy provisions to include an exception under which if a financial institution meets certain conditions, it is not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers. In August 2018, the CFPB finalized a rule implementing this provision, and that rule became effective September 17, 2018. Automated Overdraft Payment Regulation Federal regulators have adopted consumer protection regulations and guidance related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. Regulation E prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Financial institutions must also provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer’s choices. In addition, FDIC-supervised institutions must monitor overdraft payment programs for “excessive or chronic” customer use and undertake “meaningful and effective” follow- up action with customers that overdraw their accounts more than six times during a rolling 12-month period. Financial institutions must also impose daily limits on overdraft charges, review and modify check-clearing procedures, prominently distinguish account balances from available overdraft coverage amounts and ensure board and management oversight regarding overdraft payment programs. Community Reinvestment Act The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. The CRA requires the Bank’s primary federal bank regulatory agency, the FDIC, to assess the bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods and persons. Institutions are assigned one of four ratings: “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHCA, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering a request for an approval of a proposed transaction to consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a branch office. Cybersecurity In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack. If we fail to observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our operations and to store sensitive data. We employ a variety of preventative and detective tools to monitor, block, and provide alerts regarding suspicious activity, as well as to report on any suspected advanced persistent threats. Notwithstanding our defensive measures, the threat from cyber-attacks is severe, attacks are sophisticated and increasing in volume, and attackers respond rapidly to changes in defensive measures. While to date, we are not aware that we have experienced a significant compromise, significant data loss or any material financial losses related to cybersecurity attacks, our systems and those of our customers and third-party service providers are under constant threat and it is possible that we could experience a significant event in the future. Risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking and other technology-based products and services by us and our customers. For further discussion of risks related to cybersecurity, see Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Annual Report on Form 10- K. 16 Table of Contents Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions The business of financial institutions is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions primarily through open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in the reserve requirements against depository institutions’ deposits. These policies and regulations significantly affect the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans, as well as the interest rates paid on deposit accounts. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to have significant effects in the future. In view of the changing conditions in the economy and the money markets and the activities of monetary and fiscal authorities, the Company cannot predict future changes in interest rates, credit availability or deposit levels. Effect of Environmental Regulation The Company’s primary exposure to environmental risk is through its lending activities. In cases when management believes environmental risk potentially exists, the Company mitigates its environmental risk exposures by requiring environmental site assessments at the time of loan origination to confirm collateral quality as to commercial real estate parcels posing higher than normal potential for environmental impact, as determined by reference to present and past uses of the subject property and adjacent sites. Environmental assessments are typically required prior to any foreclosure activity involving non-residential real estate collateral. With regard to residential real estate lending, management reviews those loans with inherent environmental risk on an individual basis and makes decisions based on the dollar amount of the loan and the materiality of the specific credit. The Company anticipates no material effect on anticipated capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position as a result of compliance with federal, state or local environmental protection laws or regulations. Other Regulatory Matters The Company is subject to examinations and investigations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, various taxing authorities and various state regulators. The Company periodically receives requests for information from regulatory authorities in various states, including state insurance commissions and state attorneys general, securities regulators and other regulatory authorities, concerning the Company’s business and accounting practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business. Future Legislation and Regulation Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory capital, require modifications to our business strategy, and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Corporate and available information We file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. We make available through our website (http://www.mvbbanking.com), free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. 17 Table of Contents The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS The following discussion sets forth some of the more important risk factors that could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects. Other factors that could affect the Company’s financial condition and operations are discussed in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section below (Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations). The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. References to “we,” “us,” and “our” in this “Risk Factors” section refer to the Company and its subsidiary, including the Bank, unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires. Risks Related to Economic and Market Conditions Our business depends upon the general economic conditions of the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia, and may be adversely affected by downturns in these and the other local economies in which we operate. In recent years, economic growth and business activity across a wide range of industries and regions in the U.S. has been slow and uneven. Furthermore, there are continuing concerns related to the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address that debt. In addition, oil price volatility, the level of U.S. debt and global economic conditions have had a destabilizing effect on financial markets. Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where we operate, including the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia and the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, low unemployment, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment, natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors. While the U.S. economy experienced growth during 2018, with increasing exports, jobs, and manufacturing production, continued economic pressure on consumers and uncertainty regarding continuing economic improvement may result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and savings habits. Such conditions, combined with continued oil price volatility, could have a material adverse effect on the credit quality of our loans and our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia and the specific local markets in which we operate. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and financial services primarily to customers across West Virginia and Virginia. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for our products and services as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of our deposit funding sources. Moreover, approximately 49.9% of the securities in our municipal securities portfolio were issued by political subdivisions or agencies within the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia. A significant decline in general economic conditions in State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia, whether caused by recession, inflation, unemployment, changes in oil prices, changes in securities markets, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 18 Table of Contents A significant portion of our loans are secured by real estate concentrated in the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia, which may adversely affect our earnings and capital if real estate values decline. Nearly 77.7% of our total loans are real estate interests (residential, nonresidential including both owner-occupied and investment real estate, and construction and land development) mainly concentrated in the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia, a relatively small geographic area. As a result, declining real estate values in these markets could negatively impact the value of the real estate collateral securing such loans. If we are required to liquidate a significant amount of collateral during a period of reduced real estate values in satisfaction of any non-performing or defaulted loans, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected. The value of the securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by disruptions in securities markets. Due to credit and liquidity risks and economic volatility, making the determination of the value of a securities portfolio is less certain. A decline in market value associated with these disruptions could result in other-than-temporary or permanent impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Our Business Our nonresidential real estate loans expose us to greater risks of nonpayment and loss than residential mortgage loans, which may cause us to increase our allowance for loan losses which would reduce our net income. At December 31, 2018, $950.6 million, or 72.9%, of our loan portfolio consisted of nonresidential real estate loans. Nonresidential real estate loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans expose us to additional risks because they typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and are secured by collateral that may depreciate over time. These loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential mortgage loans. Because such loans generally entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, we may need to increase our allowance for loan losses in the future to account for the likely increase in probable incurred credit losses associated with the growth of such loans, which would reduce our net income. Also, many of our nonresidential real estate borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a residential mortgage loan. Our allowance for loan losses could become inadequate and reduce earnings and capital. The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses that it believes is adequate for absorbing the estimated future losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management conducts a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio to determine the amount of the allowance for loan losses based upon general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio and performance of the Bank’s clients relative to their financial obligations with it. The amount of future losses, however, is susceptible to changes in economic and other market conditions, including changes in interest rates and collateral values, which are beyond the Bank’s control, and these future losses may exceed its current estimates. Management performs stress tests on the loan portfolios to estimate future loan losses, but additional provisions for loan losses could be required in the future, including as a result of changes in the economic assumptions underlying management’s estimates and judgments, adverse developments in the economy on a national basis or in the Bank’s market area, or changes in the circumstances of particular borrowers. We cannot predict with absolute certainty the amount of losses or guarantee that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb future losses in the loan portfolio. Excessive loan losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The profitability of MVB Mortgage will be significantly reduced if we are not able to sell mortgages. Currently, we generally sell all of the mortgage loans originated by MVB Mortgage. The profitability of MVB Mortgage depends in large part upon our ability to originate a high volume of loans and to sell them in the secondary market. Thus, we are dependent upon (i) the existence of an active secondary market and (ii) our ability to sell loans into that market. MVB Mortgage’s ability to sell mortgage loans readily is dependent upon the availability of an active secondary market for single- family mortgage loans, which in turn depends in part upon the continuation of programs currently offered by Fannie Mae and Freddie 19 Table of Contents Mac and other institutional and non-institutional investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Some of the largest participants in the secondary market, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, are government-sponsored enterprises with substantial market influence whose activities are governed by federal law. Any future changes in laws that significantly affect the activity of these government-sponsored enterprises and other institutional and non-institutional investors or any impairment of our ability to participate in such programs could, in turn, adversely affect our operations. Our largest source of revenue (net interest income) is subject to interest rate risk. The Bank’s financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in interest rates. The Bank’s earnings depend primarily upon its net interest income, which is the difference between its interest income earned on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and its interest expense paid on its interest-bearing liabilities, consisting of deposits and borrowings. Moreover, the loans included in our interest-earning assets are primarily comprised of variable and adjustable rate loans. Net interest income is subject to interest rate risk in the following ways: • In general, for a given change in interest rates, the amount of change in value (positive or negative) is larger for assets and liabilities with longer remaining maturities. The shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields, funding costs and investment income differently. • The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as payment behavior changes in response to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates decline sharply, loans may pre-pay, or pay down, faster than anticipated, thus reducing future cash flows and interest income. Conversely, if interest rates increase, depositors may cash in their certificates of deposit prior to maturity (notwithstanding any applicable early withdrawal penalties) or otherwise reduce their deposits to pursue higher yielding investment alternatives. • Re-pricing frequencies and maturity profiles for assets and liabilities may occur at different times. For example, in a falling rate environment, if assets re-price faster than liabilities, there will be an initial decline in earnings. Moreover, if assets and liabilities re-price at the same time, they may not be by the same increment. For instance, if the Federal Funds Rate increased 50 basis points, rates on demand deposits may rise by 10 basis points; whereas rates on prime-based loans will instantly rise 50 basis points. Financial instruments do not respond in a parallel fashion to rising or falling interest rates. This causes asymmetry in the magnitude of changes to net interest income, net economic value and investment income resulting from the hypothetical increases and decreases in interest rates. Interest rate risk is more fully described under the section captioned “Interest Rate Risk” in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and in the section captioned “Interest Rate Sensitivity Management” in Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our accounting policies and estimates are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operations, and any changes to such accounting policies and estimates could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Accounting policies and estimates are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management makes judgments and assumptions in selecting and adopting various accounting policies and in applying estimates so that such policies and estimates comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments and contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability or reducing a liability. Because of the uncertainty surrounding our judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, actual outcomes may be materially different from amounts previously estimated. For example, because of the inherent uncertainty of estimates, the Bank could need to significantly increase its allowance for loan losses if actual losses are more than the amount reserved. Any increase in its allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will not be required to adjust accounting policies or restate prior financial statements. See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, located elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Further, from time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. The ongoing economic recession has resulted in increased scrutiny of accounting standards by legislators and our regulators, particularly as they relate to fair value accounting principles. In addition, ongoing efforts to achieve convergence between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards may result in changes to 20 Table of Contents GAAP. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements or otherwise adversely affecting our financial condition or results of operations. We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area and failure to effectively compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and community banks within the various markets where we operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Also, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. For example, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Further, many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things: • The ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets. • The ability to expand our market position. • The scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands. • The rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors. • Customer satisfaction with our level of service. • Industry and general economic trends. Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models which may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate which could result in unexpected losses, insufficient allowances for loan losses, or unexpected fluctuations in the value of our financial instruments. The processes we use to estimate our inherent loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models we use for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, we may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models we use for determining our probable loan losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models we use to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what we could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in our analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 21 Table of Contents The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. As of December 31, 2018, we had $18.5 million of goodwill and other intangible assets. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock may necessitate taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets is necessary, we would record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks. From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value. We generally seek merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar and have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things: Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company. Potential disruption to our business. Potential diversion of our management’s time and attention. • • Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company. • • • The possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company. • Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company. • Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of our tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is subject to liquidity risk, which could disrupt our ability to meet our financial obligations. Liquidity refers to the ability of the Company to ensure sufficient levels of cash to fund operations, such as meeting deposit withdrawals, funding loan commitments, paying expenses and meeting quarterly payment obligations under certain subordinated debentures issued by the Company in connection with the issuance of floating rate redeemable trust preferred securities. The source of the funds for the Company’s debt obligations is dependent on the Bank. Any significant restriction or disruption of the Company’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could have a negative effect on the Company’s ability to satisfy its current and future financial obligations, which could materially affect the Company’s financial condition. Limited availability of borrowings and liquidity from the FHLB system and other sources could negatively impact earnings. The Bank is currently a member bank of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Membership in this system of quasi-governmental, regional home- loan oriented agency banks allows us to participate in various programs offered by the FHLB. We borrow funds from the FHLB, 22 Table of Contents which are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial mortgage loans, and if applicable, investment securities with collateral values in excess of the outstanding balances. Current and future earnings shortfalls and minimum capital requirements of the FHLB may impact the collateral necessary to secure borrowings and limit the borrowings extended to their member banks, as well as require additional capital contributions by member banks. Should this occur, our short-term liquidity needs could be negatively impacted. If we were restricted from using FHLB advances due to weakness in the system or with the FHLB of Pittsburgh, we may be forced to find alternative funding sources. If we are required to rely more heavily on higher cost funding sources, revenues may not increase proportionately to cover these costs, which would adversely affect results of operations and financial position. We may not be able to attract and retain the skilled people necessary to conduct our business. Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by us can be intense and we may not be able to hire people or to retain them. Many of our branches are located in rural areas and small towns where the competition for labor can be fierce, and where the pool of qualified employees may be small. The unexpected loss of services of key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations because of their skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Interruption to our information systems or breaches in security, including as a result of cyber attacks or other cyber incidents, could adversely affect the Company’s operations or otherwise harm our business. The Company relies on information systems and communications for operating and monitoring all major aspects of business, as well as internal management functions. Any failure, interruption, intrusion or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the customer relationship, management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. There have been several cyber-attacks on websites of large financial services companies. Even if not directed at the Company specifically, attacks on other entities with whom we do business or on whom we otherwise rely or attacks on financial or other institutions important to the overall functioning of the financial system could adversely affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of our business. Cyber-attacks on third party retailers or other business establishments that widely accept debit card or check payments could compromise sensitive Bank customer information, such as debit card and account numbers. Such an attack could result in significant costs to the Bank, such as costs to reimburse customers, reissue debit cards and open new customer accounts. In addition, there have been efforts on the part of third parties to breach data security at financial institutions, including through the use of social engineering schemes such as “phishing.” The ability of our customers to bank remotely, including online and through mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches. Because the techniques used to attack financial services company communications and information systems change frequently (and generally increase in sophistication), attacks are often not recognized until launched against a target and we may be unable to address these techniques in advance of attacks, including by implementing adequate preventative measures. We may also be unable to prevent attacks that are supported by foreign governments or other well-financed entities and that may originate from less regulated and remote areas of the world. The occurrence of any such failure, disruption or security breach of our information systems, particularly if widespread or resulting in financial losses to our customers, could damage our reputation and our relationships with our partners and customers, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, and expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. These risks could have a material effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We continually encounter technological change and failure to continually adapt to such change could materially impact our financial condition and results of operations. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology- driven products and services. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 23 Table of Contents Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, or deposit funds electronically with banks having no branches within our market area, which could affect net income. Technology and other changes allow parties to complete financial transactions without banks. For example, consumers can pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks. Consumers can also shop for higher deposit interest rates at banks across the country, which may offer higher rates because they have few or no physical branches and open deposit accounts electronically. This process could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of client deposits and the income generated from those deposits, in addition to increasing our funding costs. Our operations rely on certain external vendors who may not perform in a satisfactory manner. We are reliant upon certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or service level agreements. We maintain a system of policies and procedures designed to monitor vendor risks including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure, (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial condition and (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or the service level agreements could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on the our business and its financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities. A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Environmental reviews of real property before initiating foreclosure actions may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business. Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. In addition, such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. The occurrence of any such event in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties which, if inaccurate, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to the Legal and Regulatory Environment Changes in tax laws, including those included in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, may adversely affect our performance and create the risk that we may need to adjust our accounting for these changes. We are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and ad valorem taxes. Changes to our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our performance. In addition, our customers are subject 24 Table of Contents to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by our customers may adversely affect their ability to purchase homes or consumer products, which could adversely affect their demand for our loans and deposit products. In addition, such negative effects on our customers could result in defaults on the loans we have made and decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities in which we have invested. On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, formally known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Tax Reform Act”) was enacted into law. This new tax legislation made significant changes to U.S. tax laws and includes numerous provisions that affect businesses, such as ours. Among other things, the Tax Reform Act (i) establishes a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, (ii) eliminates the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of any such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (iii) limits the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (iv) allows businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (v) eliminates or reduces certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (vi) modifies the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee and (vii) limits the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. The Tax Reform Act is unclear in certain respects and will require interpretations and implementing regulations by the Internal Revenue Service, as well as state tax authorities, and could be subject to amendments and technical corrections, any of which could lessen or increase the adverse (and positive) impacts of the Tax Form Act. The accounting treatment of these tax law changes is complex, and some of the changes may affect both current and future periods. As discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as a result of the Tax Reform Act the Company was required to re-measure its deferred tax asset, resulting in an income tax charge of $646 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2017. Any future adjustments or changes resulting from the Tax Reform Act could affect our current or future financial statements, or both. We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision and possible enforcement and other legal actions that could detrimentally affect our business. We, primarily through the Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, which vests a significant amount of discretion in the various regulatory authorities. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations and supervisory guidance affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or supervisory guidance, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in enforcement and other legal actions by Federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For further detail, see the sections captioned “Supervision and Regulation” included in Item 1, Business, and Note 14, “Regulatory Capital Requirements” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Failure to meet any of the various capital adequacy guidelines which we are subject to could adversely affect our operations and could compromise the status of the Company as a financial holding company. The Company and the Bank are required to meet certain regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the U.S. Department of Treasury. If the Company or the Bank fails to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected and could compromise the status of the Company as a banking holding company. See the sections captioned “Supervision and Regulation—Capital Requirements” in Item 1, Business, and Note 14, “Regulatory Capital Requirements” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for detailed capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. 25 Table of Contents The Company is a financial holding company, and its sources of funds are limited. The Company is a financial holding company and its operations are primarily conducted by the Bank, which is subject to significant federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to shareholders of the Company is derived primarily from dividends paid by the Bank. As a result, the Company’s ability to receive dividends or loans from its subsidiary is restricted. Under federal law, the payment of dividends by the Bank is subject to capital adequacy requirements. The Federal Reserve Board and/or the FDIC prohibit a dividend payment by the Company or the Bank that would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. See the sections captioned “Supervision and Regulation – Limit on Dividends” in Item 1, Business, and Note 14, “Regulatory Capital Requirements” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The inability of the Bank to generate profits and pay such dividends to the Company, or regulator restrictions on the payment of such dividends to the Company even if earned, would have an adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders. In addition, since the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of the Bank upon the Bank’s liquidation, reorganization or otherwise will be subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors, which will generally take priority over the Bank’s shareholders. Risks Associated With Our Common Stock The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. Shares of our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market on December 7, 2017 under the symbol “MVBF,” and were previously traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. There has been limited trading in our shares over the last 12 months. If limited trading in the common stock continues, it may be difficult for investors to sell such shares in the public market at any given time at prevailing prices. Also, the sale of a large block of common stock could depress the market price of the common stock to a greater degree than a company that typically has a higher volume of trading of its securities. If we are unable to maintain compliance with Nasdaq listing requirements, our stock could be delisted, and the trading price, volume and marketability of our stock could be adversely affected. As of December 7, 2017, our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Previously, our common stock was traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. There can be no assurances, however, that we will be able to maintain compliance with Nasdaq’s present listing standards, or that Nasdaq will not implement additional listing standards with which we will be unable to comply. Failure to maintain compliance with Nasdaq listing requirements could result in the delisting of our shares from trading on the Nasdaq system, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price, volume and marketability of our common stock. Our stock price can be volatile. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things: • • • • • • • • • • actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; recommendations by securities analysts; operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us; news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry; perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors; new technology used, or services offered, by competitors; significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors; failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions; changes in government regulations; and geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts. General market fluctuations, including real or anticipated changes in the strength of the economies we serve; industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions; interest rate changes, oil price volatility or credit loss trends could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results. 26 Table of Contents Our ability to pay dividends is not certain and we may be unable to pay future dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock may be your sole opportunity for gains on your investment for the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends in the future is not certain. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. As part of our consideration of whether to pay cash dividends, we intend to retain adequate funds from future earnings to support the development and growth of our business. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is restricted by federal policies and regulations and by the terms of our existing indebtedness. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of net income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. For further information, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation – Limit on Dividends” in Item 1, Business, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. At December 31, 2018, we have no material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting but a material weakness could occur in the future. A “material weakness” is a control deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. If we fail to maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting that meets the requirements of Section 404, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities. Additionally, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by us of a material weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our stock price may be adversely affected. If we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may not have access to the capital markets, and our stock price may be adversely affected. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Company, through its Bank subsidiary, owns its main office located at 301 Virginia Avenue in Fairmont, West Virginia. The Company’s subsidiary owns or leases various other offices in the counties and cities in which they operate. As of December 31, 2018, the Company operated fifteen full-service banking branches and eleven mortgage-only offices, with locations as further described in Item 1, Business, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Eight of the fifteen full-service banking branches are owned and the remaining seven are leased. All mortgage locations are leased. No one facility is material to the Company. Management believes that the facilities are generally in good condition and suitable for the operations for which they are used. However, management continually looks for opportunities to upgrade its facilities and locations and may do so in the future. Additional information concerning the property and equipment owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiary is incorporated herein by reference from Note 4, “Premises and Equipment” and Note 16, “Leases” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time in the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiary are subject to claims, asserted or unasserted, or named as a party to lawsuits or investigations. Litigation, in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation, in particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with any certainty, and in the case of more complex legal proceedings, the results are difficult to predict at all. The Company is not aware of any asserted or unasserted legal proceedings or claims that the Company believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of the Company’s operations. 27 Table of Contents ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 28 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MVBF.” The table presented below provides the quarterly high and low sales prices, closing sales price and dividends declared for the last two years. The information set forth in the table is based on knowledge of certain arms-length transactions in the stock. In addition, dividends are subject to the restrictions described in Note 15, “Regulatory Restriction on Dividend” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Quarterly Market and Dividend Information: 2018 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter 2017 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter High Low Last Dividend $ 19.53 $ 17.11 $ 18.04 $ 19.45 19.75 20.00 16.24 17.73 17.86 18.02 18.05 19.75 $ 20.40 $ 18.26 $ 20.10 $ 18.90 13.25 14.00 13.05 12.55 12.70 18.80 13.20 12.75 0.030 0.030 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 MVB Financial Corp. had 1,012 stockholders of record at March 7, 2019. 29 Table of Contents The following five-year performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends) on the Company’s common stock to the KBW Bank Index and the Russell 2000 Index. The stock performance graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2013, and the cumulative return is measured as of each subsequent fiscal year end. Index 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 MVB Financial Corp. $ 100.00 $ 90.78 $ 79.88 $ 78.55 $ 123.13 $ KBW Bank Index Russell 2000 100.00 100.00 107.22 103.53 105.52 97.62 132.53 116.63 154.07 131.96 111.39 123.87 115.89 Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities None. Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers None. 30 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following consolidated summary sets forth the Company’s selected financial data that has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the periods and at the dates indicated (Dollars in thousands except per share data) Balance Sheet Data: Assets Investment securities Loans, net Loans held for sale Deposits Stockholders’ equity Weighted average shares outstanding - basic Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted Income Statement Data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan loss Net interest income after provision for loan loss Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - continuing operations Net Income from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations, before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) - discontinued operations Net Income (loss) from discontinued operations Net Income Preferred dividends Net Income available to common shareholders Per Share Data: Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per share per common shareholder - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per share per common shareholder - diluted Cash dividends Book value Tangible book value 1 Asset Quality Ratios: Nonperforming loans to gross loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Net charge-offs to gross loans Allowance for loan losses to gross loans Selected Ratios: Return on average assets - continuing operations Return on average assets - discontinued operations Return on average equity - continuing operations Return on average equity - discontinued operations Dividend payout Efficiency ratio Equity to assets Common equity tier 1 capital ratio Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio Total risk-based capital ratio Leverage ratio $ $ $ 2018 1,750,969 231,213 1,293,427 75,807 1,309,154 176,773 11,030,984 12,722,003 69,760 17,706 52,054 2,440 49,614 38,640 72,878 15,376 3,373 12,003 — — — 12,003 489 11,514 1.04 — 1.04 1.00 — 1.00 0.11 14.55 12.92 0.54% 0.53 0.11 0.84 0.73% — 7.46 — 10.16 80.36 10.10 11.16 12.02 13.78 9.87 $ $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2016 2017 2015 1,534,302 231,507 1,096,063 66,794 1,159,580 150,192 10,308,738 10,440,228 56,598 12,301 44,297 2,173 42,124 40,706 70,500 12,330 4,755 7,575 — — — 7,575 498 7,077 0.69 — 0.69 0.68 — 0.68 0.10 13.63 11.80 0.88% 0.72 0.13 0.89 0.52% — 5.23 — 13.64 82.94 9.79 10.55 11.54 14.87 9.27 $ $ $ 1,418,804 162,368 1,043,764 90,174 1,107,017 145,624 8,212,021 10,068,733 54,123 11,132 42,991 3,632 39,359 43,205 69,209 13,355 4,378 8,977 6,346 2,411 3,935 12,912 1,128 11,784 0.96 0.48 1.44 0.92 0.39 1.31 0.08 12.93 11.01 0.59% 0.47 0.24 0.86 0.63% 0.28 7.30 3.20 5.00 80.29 10.26 10.11 11.92 15.36 9.54 $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,384,476 123,115 1,024,164 102,623 1,012,314 114,712 8,104,316 8,140,116 44,100 9,225 34,875 2,493 32,382 34,955 57,848 9,489 2,886 6,603 353 140 213 6,816 575 6,241 0.75 0.03 0.78 0.74 0.03 0.77 0.08 12.20 9.81 0.99% 0.76 0.07 0.78 0.54% 0.02 5.89 0.19 9.40 82.84 8.29 7.59 9.47 12.91 7.77 2014 1,110,459 122,751 792,074 69,527 823,227 109,438 7,905,468 8,102,117 36,168 7,511 28,657 2,582 26,075 22,022 45,194 2,903 248 2,655 (920) (344) (576) 2,079 332 1,747 0.29 (0.07) 0.22 0.29 (0.07) 0.22 0.08 11.59 9.44 1.16% 0.89 0.16 0.78 0.26% (0.06) 2.57 (0.56) 30.59 89.18 9.86 N/A 12.03 16.40 8.98 1 This is a non-GAAP measure that the Company believes is helpful to interpreting financial results. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation” below. 31 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands except per share data) 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation Years Ended December 31, Goodwill Core deposit intangibles Total intangibles Total Equity Less: Preferred equity Less: Total intangibles Tangible common equity 18,480 550 19,030 176,773 (7,834) (19,030) 149,909 18,480 646 19,126 150,192 (7,834) (19,126) 123,232 Tangible common equity Common shares outstanding Tangible book value per common share 149,909 11,607,293 12.92 123,232 10,444,627 11.80 18,480 744 19,224 145,624 (16,334) (19,224) 110,066 110,066 9,996,544 11.01 18,480 845 19,325 114,712 (16,334) (19,325) 79,053 79,053 8,061,921 9.81 17,778 1 17,779 109,438 (16,334) (17,779) 75,325 75,325 7,983,285 9.44 32 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Forward-Looking Statements: Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are based on other than historical data are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations or forecasts of future events and include, among others: • • statements with respect to the beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, anticipations, and future financial condition, results of operations and performance of the Company and its subsidiary (collectively, “we,” “our,” or “us”), including the Bank; and statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, nor should they be relied upon as representing the Company’s or the Bank management’s views as of any subsequent date. Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (both known and unknown) and actual results may differ materially from those presented, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, those presented in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis section. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • the ability of the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage to successfully execute business plans, manage risks, and achieve objectives; changes in local, national and international political and economic conditions, including without limitation changes in the political and economic climate, economic conditions and fiscal imbalances in the United States and other countries, potential or actual downgrades in rating of sovereign debt issued by the United States and other countries, and other major developments, including wars, natural disasters, military actions, and terrorist attacks; changes in financial market conditions, either internationally, nationally or locally in areas in which the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage conduct operations, including without limitation, reduced rates of business formation and growth, commercial and residential real estate development and real estate prices; fluctuations in markets for equity, fixed-income, commercial paper and other securities, including availability, market liquidity levels, and pricing; changes in interest rates, the quality and composition of the loan and securities portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows and competition; the ability of the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage to successfully conduct acquisitions and integrate acquired businesses; potential difficulties in expanding the businesses of the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage in existing and new markets; increases in the levels of losses, customer bankruptcies, bank failures, claims, and assessments; changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory, trade and tax policies and laws, including the recently enacted Tax Reform Act, and regulatory assessments and fees, including policies of the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC; the impact of executive compensation rules under the Dodd-Frank Act and banking regulations which may impact the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries, and other American financial institutions to retain and recruit executives and other personnel necessary for their businesses and competitiveness; the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and of new international standards known as Basel III, and rules and regulations thereunder, many of which have not yet been promulgated, on our required regulatory capital and liquidity levels, governmental assessments on us, the scope of business activities in which we may engage, the manner in which the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage engage in such activities, the fees that the Company’s subsidiaries may charge for certain products and services, and other matters affected by the Dodd-Frank Act and these international standards; continuing consolidation in the financial services industry; new legal claims against the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage, including litigation, arbitration and proceedings brought by governmental or self-regulatory agencies, or changes in existing legal matters; success in gaining regulatory approvals, when required, including for proposed mergers or acquisitions; changes in consumer spending and savings habits; increased competitive challenges and expanding product and pricing pressures among financial institutions; inflation and deflation; technological changes and the implementation of new technologies by the Company and its subsidiaries; the ability of the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage to develop and maintain secure and reliable information technology systems; 33 Table of Contents • • • legislation or regulatory changes which adversely affect the operations or business of the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage; the ability of the Company, the Bank, and MVB Mortgage to comply with applicable laws and regulations; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or regulatory agencies; and costs of deposit insurance and changes with respect to FDIC insurance coverage levels. Certain risk factors that might cause actual results may differ materially from those presented are more fully described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K within Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and from time to time, in other filings with the SEC. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by any forward-looking statement. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. Except to the extent required by law, the Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update any factors or to publicly announce the result of revisions to any of the forward-looking statements included herein to reflect future events or developments. In this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, we review and explain the general financial condition and the results of operations for MVB Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries. We have designed this discussion to assist you in understanding the significant changes in the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. We have used GAAP to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements. We engaged Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP to audit the consolidated financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting and their independent audit reports are included herein. Introduction The following discussion and analysis of the Consolidated Financial Statements is presented to provide insight into management’s assessment of the financial results and operations of the Company. You should read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes and the ratios and statistics contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Application of Critical Accounting Policies The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the consolidated financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management primarily through the use of internal forecasting techniques. The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in management’s discussion and analysis of operations, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the consolidated financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the determination of the allowance for loan losses to be the accounting area that requires the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Allowance for Loan Losses The Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALL”) represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the ALL is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of losses inherent in classifications of homogeneous loans based on the Bank’s historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Non-homogeneous loans are specifically evaluated due to the increased risks inherent in those loans. The loan portfolio also represents 34 Table of Contents the largest asset type in the consolidated balance sheet. Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, describes the methodology used to determine the ALL and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the ALL. Investment Securities Investment securities at the time of purchase are classified as one of the following: Held-to-Maturity Securities - Includes securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are reported at amortized cost. Available-for-Sale Securities - Includes debt that will be held for indefinite periods of time. These securities may be sold in response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity and changes in the availability of and yield of alternative investments. Such securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of estimated income tax effect. Equity Securities - Includes equity securities that are adjusted to fair value on a monthly basis, with the change in value recorded directly on the income statement. The amortized cost of investment in debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed by a method that results in a level yield. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the basis of specific identification of the adjusted cost of each security. Securities are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. For debt securities, management considers whether the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference defined as the credit loss), the magnitude and duration of the decline, the reasons underlying the decline and the Company’s intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, if the Company does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost (the difference defined as the non-credit portion) is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within noninterest income in the consolidated statement of income. Common stock of the FHLB represents ownership in an institution which is wholly owned by other financial institutions. These equity securities are accounted for at cost, less impairment and are classified as other assets. See Note 2, “Investment Securities” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Company’s policy regarding the other than temporary impairment of investment securities. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets As discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company must assess goodwill and other intangible assets each year for impairment. This assessment involves estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting units. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value including goodwill, the Company would be required to take a charge against earnings to write down the assets to the lower value. Deferred Tax Assets The Company uses an estimate of future earnings to support our position that the benefit of our deferred tax assets will be realized. If future income should prove non-existent or less than the amount of the deferred tax assets within the tax years to which they may be applied, the asset may not be realized and our net income will be reduced. Management also evaluates deferred tax assets to determine if it is more likely than not that the deferred tax benefit will be utilized in future periods. If not, a valuation allowance is recorded. Our deferred tax assets are described further in Note 8, “Income Taxes” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 35 Table of Contents Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This update requires a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Reform Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Reform Act included a reduction to the corporate income tax rate from 34 percent to 21 percent effective January 1, 2018. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2018-02 during the first quarter of 2018 and elected to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act from AOCI to retained earnings. The amount of the reclassification is the difference between the historical corporate income tax rate and the newly enacted 21 percent corporate income tax rate, which amounted to $646 thousand. In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which amends the existing hedge accounting model and expands an entity’s ability to hedge nonfinancial and financial risk components and reduce complexity in fair value hedges of interest-rate risk. The ASU eliminates the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and generally requires the entire change in the fair value of a hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the hedged item. The ASU also changes certain documentation and assessment requirements and modifies the accounting for components excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. This ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is early adopting this ASU in accordance with paragraph ASC 815-20-65-3 subpart C. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and consolidated financial statements. However, by early adopting, the Company is now able to pursue additional hedging strategies as described above, including the ability to apply fair value hedge accounting to a specified pool of assets by excluding the portion of the hedged items related to prepayments, defaults and other events. This will allow the Company to better align its accounting and the financial reporting of its hedging activities with their economic objectives thereby reducing the earnings volatility resulting from these hedging activities. In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables–Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. This ASU amends guidance on the amortization period of premiums on certain purchased callable debt securities. Specifically, the amendments shorten the amortization period of premiums on certain purchased callable debt securities to the earliest call date. The amendments affect all entities that hold investments in callable debt securities that have an amortized cost basis in excess of the amount that is repayable by the issuer at the earliest call date (that is, at a premium). For public companies, this update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including all interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements, as it is our current policy to amortize premiums of investment securities to the earliest call date. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), currently requires an entity that has not elected the private company alternative for goodwill to perform a two-step test to determine the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment. In Step 1, an entity compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the entity performs Step 2 and compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill for that reporting unit. An impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill for the reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill is recorded, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. To address concerns over the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test, the amendments in this update remove the second step of the test. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. For public companies, this update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including all interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The new guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. Purchased credit impaired loans will receive an allowance account at the acquisition date that represents a component of the purchase price allocation. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with such allowance limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. The guidance is effective for fiscal years 36 Table of Contents beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company’s project management team and Management Loan Committee (“MLC”) engaged a third party to assist with a data gap analysis and will utilize the data to determine the impact of the pronouncement. Additionally, the Company has researched and acquired software to assist with implementation that will be tested throughout 2018. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Among other things, in the amendments in ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: (1) A lease liability, which is a lessee‘s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) A right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2016-02 initially required transition using a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) - Targeted Improvements, which, among other things, provides an additional transition method that would allow entities to not apply the guidance in ASU 2016-02 in the comparative periods presented in the financial statements and instead recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. In December 2018, the FASB also issued ASU 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842) - Narrow Scope Improvements, for Lessors which provides certain policy elections and changes lessor accounting for sales and similar taxes and certain lessor costs. Upon the adoption of ASU 2016-02, ASU 2018-11, and ASU 2018-20 on January 1, 2019, the Company expects to recognize right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities ranging from $12.0 million to $13.0 million and $15.0 million to $16.0 million, respectively. The Company expects to elect to apply certain practical expedients provided under ASU 2016-02 whereby the Company will not reassess (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company also does not expect to apply the recognition requirements of ASU 2016-02 to any short-term leases (as defined by related accounting guidance). The Company also expects to account for lease and non-lease components separately because such amounts are readily determinable under our lease contracts and because the Company expects this election will result in a lower impact on our balance sheet. The Company expects to utilize the modified-retrospective transition approach prescribed by ASU 2018-11. In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Accounting for Financial Instruments - Overall: Classification and Measurement (Subtopic 825-10). Amendments within ASU 2016-01 that relate to non-public entities have been excluded from this presentation. The amendments in this ASU 2016-01 address the following: 1) require equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; 2) simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily-determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; 3) eliminate the requirement to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; 4) require entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; 5) require separate presentation in other comprehensive income for the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; 6) require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and 7) clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In accordance with 5) above, the Company measures fair value of its loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using an exit price notion. See Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new revenue pronouncement creates a single source of revenue guidance for all companies in all industries and is more principles-based than current revenue guidance. The pronouncement provides a five-step model for a company to recognize revenue when it transfers control of goods or services to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The five steps are, (1) identify the contract with the customer, (2) identify the separate performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the separate performance obligations and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. The Company evaluated the impact of this standard on individual customer contracts, while management evaluated the impact of this standard on the broad categories of its customer contracts and revenue streams. The Company determined that this standard did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements 37 Table of Contents because revenue related to financial instruments, including loans and investment securities are not in scope of these updates. Loan interest income, investment interest income, insurance services revenue and BOLI are accounted for under other U.S. GAAP standards and out of scope of ASC 606 revenue standard. The Company also completed an evaluation of certain costs related to customer contracts and revenue streams to determine whether such costs should be presented as expenses or contra-revenue (i.e., gross versus net). Based on the evaluation, the Company determined that the classification of certain debit and credit card related costs should change (i.e., costs previously recorded as expense are now recorded as contra-revenue). This classification change resulted in immaterial changes to both revenue and expense. The Company adopted the revenue recognition standard and its related amendments as of January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective approach. Since there was no net income impact upon adoption of the new guidance, a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary. Consistent with the modified retrospective approach, the Company did not adjust prior period amounts for the debit and credit card related cost reclassifications noted above. Summary Financial Results Excluding discontinued operations, the Company earned $12.0 million in 2018 compared to $7.6 million in 2017, an increase of $4.4 million. The 2018 earnings equated to a return on average assets of 0.73% and a return on average equity of 7.46%, compared to 2017 results of 0.52% and 5.23%, respectively. Basic earnings per share were $1.04 in 2018 compared to $0.69 in 2017. Diluted earnings per share were $1.00 in 2018 compared to $0.68 in 2017. Excluding discontinued operations, the Company earned $7.6 million in 2017 compared to $9.0 million in 2016, a decrease of $1.4 million. The 2017 earnings equated to a return on average assets of 0.52% and a return on average equity of 5.23%, compared to 2016 results of 0.63% and 7.30%, respectively. Basic earnings per share were $0.69 in 2017 compared to $0.96 in 2016. Diluted earnings per share were $0.68 in 2017 compared to $0.92 in 2016. Net interest income increased $7.8 million, noninterest income decreased $2.1 million, and noninterest expenses increased by $2.4 million during 2018 compared to 2017. The Company’s yield on earning assets in 2018 was 4.58% compared to 4.17% in 2017. Total loans increased by $198.4 million to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2018. Net interest income increased $1.3 million, noninterest income decreased $2.5 million and noninterest expenses increased by $1.3 million during 2017 compared to 2016. The Company’s yield on earning assets in 2017 was 4.17% compared to 4.05% in 2016. Total loans increased by $53.1 million to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2017. Deposits increased $149.6 million to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2018, from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2017. The Bank offers an uncomplicated product design accompanied by a simple fee structure that is attractive to customers. The overall cost of interest- bearing liabilities for the Company was 1.37% in 2018 compared to 1.04% in 2017. This cost of interest-bearing liabilities, combined with the earning asset yield, resulted in a net interest margin of 3.41% in 2018 compared to 3.27% in 2017. Deposits increased $52.6 million to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2017, from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2016. The overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the Company was 1.04% in 2017 compared to 0.93% in 2016. Increasing the asset yield at a faster pace than the cost of interest-bearing liabilities resulted in a net interest margin of 3.27% in 2017 compared to 3.22% in 2016. Interest Income and Expense Net interest income is the amount by which interest income on earning assets exceeds interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets include loans, investment securities and certificates of deposit in other banks. Interest-bearing liabilities include interest-bearing deposits and borrowed funds such as sweep accounts and repurchase agreements. Net interest income remains the primary source of revenue for the Bank. Net interest income is also impacted by changes in market interest rates, as well as the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is also impacted favorably by increases in noninterest bearing demand deposits and equity. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets and serves as a measurement of the net revenue stream generated by the Bank’s balance sheet. Net interest margin was 3.41% in 2018 compared to 3.27% and 3.22% in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The net interest margin continues to face considerable pressure due rising interest rates and competitive pricing of loans and deposits in the Bank’s markets. During 2018, the Federal Reserve raised its key interest rate from a range of 1.25% to 1.50% to a range of 2.25% to 2.50%. Management’s estimate of the impact of future changes in market interest rates is shown in the section captioned “Interest Rate Risk.” 38 Table of Contents Net interest spread is calculated by taking the difference between interest earned on earning assets and interest paid on interest- bearing liabilities in an effort to maximize net interest income while maintaining an appropriate level of interest rate risk. Net interest spread was 3.21% in 2018 compared to 3.13% and 3.12% in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The difference between the net interest margin and net interest spread was 20 basis points in 2018 compared to 14 basis points in 2017. This was due to an increase of $53.9 million in average noninterest bearing demand deposits. Company management continues to analyze methods to deploy assets into an earning asset mix which will result in a stronger net interest margin. Loan growth continues to be strong and management anticipates that loan activity will remain strong in the near term future. During 2018, net interest income increased by $7.8 million, or 17.5%, to $52.1 million from $44.3 million in 2017. This increase is largely due to the growth in average earning assets, primarily $24.3 million in taxable investment securities and $102.7 million in commercial loans. Average total earning assets was $1.52 billion in 2018 compared to $1.36 billion in 2017. Average total loans and loans held for sale increased to $1.28 billion in 2018 from $1.15 billion in 2017, primarily as the result of a $102.7 million increase in average commercial loans. As a result of the increase in average total earning assets, total interest income increased by $13.2 million, or 23.3%, to $69.8 million in 2018 from $56.6 million in 2017. Average investment securities increased $44.7 million, as the result of a $24.3 million increase in taxable investments and a $20.4 million increase in tax-exempt investments. Yield on tax- exempt securities increased 38 basis points and taxable securities yield increased 27 basis points. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased in 2018 by $111.3 million. The increase was primarily the result of a $57.3 million increase in the average balance of certificates of deposit, a $68.5 million increase in the average balance of borrowings, and a $5.4 million increase in the average balance of money market checking accounts, partially offset by a $5.3 million decrease in the average balance of NOW accounts, a $5.0 million decrease in the average balance of repurchase agreements and federal funds sold, and a $7.8 million decrease in the average balance of subordinated debt due to conversions into common stock. Average interest-bearing deposits grew to $1.1 billion in 2018 from $1.0 billion in 2017. Total interest expense increased by $5.4 million, caused primarily by a $3.3 million increase in deposit interest and a $2.6 million increase in interest on FHLB and other borrowings. The result was a 33 basis point increase in the cost of interest bearing liabilities from 2017 to 2018. During 2017, net interest income increased by $1.3 million, or 3.0%, to $44.3 million from $43.0 million in 2016. This increase is largely due to the growth in net interest income margin, primarily the 15 basis point increase in loans and loans held for sale. Average total earning assets were $1.4 billion in 2017 compared to $1.3 billion in 2016. Average total loans and loans held for sale decreased to $1.15 billion in 2017 from $1.17 billion in 2016. Primarily as a result of the growth in net interest income margin, total interest income increased by $2.5 million, or 4.6%, to $56.6 million in 2017 from $54.1 million in 2016. Average investment securities increased $44.0 million, mainly as the result of a $49.3 million increase in taxable investments and a $5.3 million average decrease in tax-exempt investments. Yield on tax-exempt securities increased 28 basis points, while taxable securities increased 33 basis points. Average interest-bearing liabilities, mainly driven by borrowings, decreased in 2017 by $9.9 million. Average interest-bearing deposits grew to $1.0 billion in 2017 from $992.7 million in 2016. Total interest expense increased by $1.2 million, caused primarily by a $546 thousand increase in deposit interest and a $604 thousand increase in interest on FHLB and other borrowings. The result was an 11 basis point increase in interest expense from 2016 to 2017. The Company’s average earning assets increased $167.8 million and net interest income increased by $7.8 million during 2018. The net interest margin continues to be pressured by rising rates, increased competition for high quality loan growth and the deposit volume required to fund the growth. The Bank’s yield on earning assets changed during 2018 as follows: the loan portfolio yield increased by 45 basis points and the investment portfolio yield increased by 34 basis points while the cost of interest bearing liabilities increased by 33 basis points. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased to 1.37% in 2018 from 1.04% in 2017. This increase is primarily the result of a 85 basis point increase in the cost of borrowings and a 21 basis point increase on deposits. Further discussion on borrowings is included in Note 6, “Borrowed Funds” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 39 Table of Contents Statistical Financial Information Regarding MVB Financial Corp. The following tables provide further information about interest income and expense: Average Balances and Analysis of Net Interest Income: (Dollars in thousands) Assets 2018 Interest Income/ Expense Average Balance Yield/ Cost Average Balance 2017 Interest Income/ Expense Yield/ Cost Average Balance 2016 Interest Income/ Expense Yield/ Cost 2.09% $ 3,790 $ 2.00 14,619 1.37% $ 16,347 $ 1.97 11,694 94 228 0.58% 1.95 2.38 3.55 5.05 3.48 4.75 5.07 4.94 4.58 0.75 1.00 0.07 1.59 1.76 0.30 2.23 6.81 1.37 Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 5,176 $ CDs with other banks Investment securities: Taxable Tax-exempt Loans and loans held for sale: 1 Commercial Tax exempt Real estate Consumer Total loans Total earning assets Less: Allowance for loan losses Cash and due from banks Other assets Total assets Liabilities Deposits: NOW Money market checking Savings IRAs CDs Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt 14,778 150,134 79,161 854,108 14,352 395,302 11,349 1,275,111 1,524,360 (10,530) 16,828 106,600 $ 1,637,258 $ 432,789 $ 245,008 44,049 17,894 319,720 18,536 190,686 25,774 108 295 3,580 2,810 43,099 499 18,794 575 62,967 69,760 3,246 2,455 29 285 5,620 56 4,259 1,756 Total interest-bearing liabilities 1,294,456 17,706 Noninterest bearing demand deposits Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity Preferred stock Common stock Paid-in capital Treasury stock Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income Total stockholders’ equity 171,631 10,304 1,476,391 7,834 11,082 107,669 (1,084) 42,509 (7,143) 160,867 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 1,637,258 1,366 1,853 32,620 564 16,594 804 50,582 54,123 2,413 1,282 88 208 3,757 72 1,086 2,226 1.79 2.89 4.44 3.45 4.16 4.80 4.34 4.05 0.53 0.78 0.20 1.27 1.19 0.27 0.78 6.64 0.93 52 288 2,658 1,863 33,896 520 16,612 709 51,737 56,598 125,797 58,786 751,444 15,064 373,360 13,660 1,153,528 1,356,520 (9,626) 16,287 90,585 2.11 3.17 4.51 3.45 4.45 5.19 4.49 4.17 76,525 64,108 734,829 16,326 398,766 16,762 1,166,683 1,335,357 (8,939) 13,765 87,815 $ 1,453,766 $ 1,427,998 $ 438,123 $ 239,632 47,034 16,678 262,417 23,559 122,144 33,524 2,608 1,781 78 217 3,610 75 1,690 2,242 1,183,111 12,301 0.60 0.74 0.17 1.30 1.38 0.32 1.38 6.69 1.04 117,696 8,006 1,308,813 7,927 10,355 96,987 (1,084) 34,155 (3,387) 144,953 $ 1,453,766 $ 454,320 $ 163,630 43,870 16,319 314,542 27,066 139,736 33,524 1,193,007 11,132 99,826 12,220 1,305,053 16,334 8,263 75,799 (1,084) 25,943 (2,310) 122,945 $ 1,427,998 Net interest spread Net interest income-margin 3.21 3.13 3.12 $ 52,054 3.41% $ 44,297 3.27% $ 42,991 3.22% 1 Non-accrual loans are included in total loan balances, lowering the effective yield for the portfolio in the aggregate. 40 Table of Contents Rate Volume Calculation: 2018 vs. 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Earning Assets Loans Commercial Tax exempt Real estate Consumer Investment securities: Taxable Tax-exempt Interest-bearing deposits in banks CDs with other banks Total earning assets Interest bearing liabilities NOW Money market checking Savings IRAs CDs Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt Total interest bearing liabilities Total Change in Volume Change in Rate Change in Both Rate & Volume Total Change 4,631 (25) 976 (120) 514 645 19 3 4,022 4 1,139 (17) 342 224 27 4 550 — 67 3 66 78 10 — 9,203 (21) 2,182 (134) 922 947 56 7 6,643 5,745 774 13,162 (32) 40 (5) 16 788 (16) 948 (518) 1,221 5,422 678 620 (47) 48 1,003 (4) 1,038 42 3,378 2,367 (8) 14 3 4 219 1 583 (10) 806 (32) 638 674 (49) 68 2,010 (19) 2,569 (486) 5,405 7,757 41 Table of Contents Rate Volume Calculation: 2017 vs. 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Earning Assets Loans Commercial Tax exempt Real estate Consumer Investment securities: Taxable Tax-exempt Interest-bearing deposits in banks CDs with other banks Total earning assets Interest bearing liabilities NOW Money market checking Savings IRAs CDs Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt Total interest bearing liabilities Total Provision for Loan Losses Change in Volume Change in Rate Change in Both Rate & Volume Total Change 738 (44) (1,057) (149) 880 (154) (72) 57 199 (86) 595 6 5 (623) (9) (137) — (249) 448 526 — 1,148 66 250 179 130 2 2,301 291 (65) (15) 4 570 14 847 16 1,662 639 12 — (73) (12) 162 (15) (100) 1 (25) (10) (31) (1) — (94) (2) (106) — (244) 219 1,276 (44) 18 (95) 1,292 10 (42) 60 2,475 195 499 (10) 9 (147) 3 604 16 1,169 1,306 The Company’s provision for loan losses for 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $2.4 million, $2.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively. Provision for loan losses of $2.4 million and $2.2 million were made for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The slight increase in loan loss provision is most attributable to the growth in the loan portfolios in 2018. The total increase in provision would have been greater if not for continued decline in historical loss rates, and a decrease in the need for ASC 310-10 specific loan loss allocations, during 2018. More specifically, total loan portfolio growth was 17.9% in 2018 versus 4.9% in 2017, while total specific loan loss allocations for impaired loans decreased by $145 thousand in 2018, versus an increase of $645 thousand in 2017. Total net charge-offs were $1.4 million in both 2018 and 2017, thereby generating roughly the same impact on the need for provision in both years. The provision for loan losses, which is a product of management’s formal quarterly analysis, is recorded in response to inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Provision for loan losses of $2.2 million and $3.6 million were made for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase in loan loss provision is most attributable to average historical loss rates that have declined substantially in 2017, while net charge-offs were $1.1 million, or 45.0%, less in 2017 versus the prior year. The total decrease in provision would have been greater if not for increased loan portfolio growth and increased ASC 310-10 specific loan loss allocations for impaired loans. More specifically, total loan portfolio growth was 4.9% in 2017 versus 2.2% in 2016, while total specific loan loss allocations increased by $645 thousand in 2017, versus a decrease of $269 thousand in 2016. The provision for loan losses, which is a product of management’s formal quarterly analysis, is recorded in response to inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Determining the appropriate level of the ALL requires considerable management judgment. In exercising this judgment, management considers numerous internal and external factors including, but not limited to, portfolio growth, national and local economic conditions, trends in the markets served and guidance from the Bank’s primary regulators. Management seeks to maintain an ALL 42 Table of Contents that is appropriate in the circumstances and that complies with applicable accounting and regulatory standards. Further discussion can be found earlier in this discussion under “Allowance for Loan Losses.” Noninterest Income Mortgage fee income, gain (loss) on derivatives, interchange income, security sale gains, income on bank owned life insurance and portfolio loan sales generate the core of the Company’s noninterest income. Also, service charges on deposit accounts continue to be part of the core of the Company’s noninterest income and include mainly non-sufficient funds and returned check fees, allowable overdraft fees and service charges on commercial accounts. The total of noninterest income for 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $38.6 million, $40.7 million and $43.2 million, respectively. The decrease in noninterest income for 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily the result of a $4.8 million decrease in mortgage fee income, due to mortgage production volume decreasing by $93.8 million, or 6.1%, in 2018. Excluding the decrease in mortgage fee income, noninterest income for 2018 increased $2.7 million and was primarily attributed to a decrease in the loss on derivative and increases in the holding gain on equity securities and income on bank owned life insurance. Gain on sale of securities and gain on sale of portfolio loans decreased $404 thousand and $340 thousand, respectively, in 2018 compared to 2017. During 2018, interchange expense was netted against Visa debit card and interchange income and, as a result of this change, interchange income for 2018 declined by $611 thousand compared to 2017. In 2018 and 2017, mortgage fee income decreased $4.8 million and increased $1.5 million, respectively. Production volume decreased by $93.8 million, or 6.1%, in 2018 and decreased $103.8 million, or 6.3%, in 2017. With the pressure of increasing rates during 2018, production decreased in 2018 across each of the loan categories. The $93.8 million decrease in 2018 was due to a $46.9 million decrease in purchase loans, a $35.4 million decrease in refinance volume, a $8.8 million decrease in bridge loans, and a $2.7 million decrease in construction loans. The decrease in 2017 was due to the decrease in refinance volume of $199.3 million, which was a result of increasing interest rates in 2017. This decrease was partially offset by a $68.8 million increase in construction loans, a $13.5 million increase in purchase loans, and a $13.2 million increase in bridge loans. Commercial swap fee income increased $49 thousand from $503 thousand in 2017 to $552 thousand in 2018. This was primarily the result of an increase in swap volume from $17.2 million in 2017 to $29.4 million in 2018. Other operating income increased $61 thousand from $1.28 million in 2017 to $1.34 million in 2018. This increase was primarily related to a gain on sale of fixed assets of $344 thousand related to the closure and sale of the land, building, and certain furniture and equipment items from a branch located at 704 Foxcroft Avenue, Martinsburg, WV. During the ordinary course of business in 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company sold several investment securities at a gain of $327 thousand, $731 thousand and $1.1 million, respectively. All investments that were sold were classified as available-for-sale. The Company is always looking at ways to improve yield while maintaining a high quality short-term investment portfolio. Gain on sale of portfolio loans decreased $340 thousand from $538 thousand in 2017 to $198 thousand in 2018 and decreased $504 thousand from $1.0 million in 2016 to $538 thousand in 2017. The total volume of portfolio loans sold in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $15.2 million, $52.9 million, and $57.2 million, respectively. The Company is continually searching for ways to increase noninterest income. Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense was $72.9 million, $70.5 million and $69.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 63%, 65% and 62% of noninterest expense for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to personnel costs. Personnel is a critical component of every service organization, which is why personnel costs are such a significant part of the expenditure mix. Salaries and benefits increased by $2.1 million in 2018 and decreased by $1.1 million in 2017. The 2018 increase is primarily the result of additional staffing related to organic growth. The additional staffing was used for sales positions as well as the back office support needed to facilitate growth. The 2017 decrease is primarily the result of decreased commissions due to a 13.4% decrease in mortgage loan origination volume, a $752 thousand decrease in the earn out paid to management of the mortgage company related to a 2012 acquisition, and due to operational efficiency gains during the year. Equipment and occupancy expense increased by $384 thousand in 2018 and by $1.0 million in 2017. The 2018 increase was primarily due to one new full-service branch being opened during 2018 in the northern Virginia region as well as a full year of expenses from the Suncrest and Leesburg offices opened in 2017. Part of this increase was offset due to the decreased expenses related to the 43 Table of Contents consolidation of two branches in Martinsburg, WV during December of 2017. The 2017 increase was mainly the result of the two new full-service branches opened in 2017 and increased equipment expense related to depreciation and continued maintenance of property and software. Travel, entertainment, dues, and subscriptions expense increased by $587 thousand in 2018 and by $496 thousand in 2017. More specifically, the 2018 increase was primarily due to a $386 thousand increase in travel expense, $288 thousand increase in publications and sponsorships, and a $26 thousand increase in licenses and permits, partially offset by a $13 thousand decrease in meals and entertainment, a $15 thousand decrease in cell phone reimbursement and a $27 thousand decrease in dues and memberships. The 2017 increase was primarily the result of a $144 thousand increase in publications and subscriptions, a $121 thousand increase in meals and entertainment, a $96 thousand increase in travel expense, a $60 thousand increase in dues and memberships, and a $30 thousand increase in licenses and permits, partially offset by a $7 thousand decrease in cell phone reimbursement. Professional fees increased by $416 thousand in 2018 and increased by $423 thousand in 2017. The 2018 increase was due to project management, additional accounting and auditing fees, recruiting expenses, and other efficiency implementations. The 2017 increase was related to project management, core conversion and other efficiency implementations, and the Nasdaq listing and subsequent approval. Data processing decreased by $1.4 million in 2018 and increased by $152 thousand in 2017. The decrease in 2018 was primarily due to efficiencies gained by the core conversion completed during 2017. The increase in 2017 was largely driven by the core conversion completed in April 2017, along with overall growth in terms of personnel and office space Company-wide and the usage of additional products, services, and providers to better serve the client base. Income Taxes The Company incurred income tax expense of $3.4 million, $4.8 million, and $6.8 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate was 22%, 39%, and 35% in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The decrease in effective tax rate for 2018 was primarily driven by the Tax Reform Act, signed into law on December 22, 2017. The new law established a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%. The decrease in 2018 was even larger due to the increase during 2017. This increase in effective tax rate during 2017 was also primarily the result of the Tax Reform Act, in which the Company was required to re-measure its net deferred tax asset and resulted in an income tax charge of $646 thousand. Among other things, the new law (i) eliminated the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of any such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (ii) limited the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (iii) allowed businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (iv) eliminated or reduced certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (v) modified the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee and (vi) limited the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. If not for having to re-measure the net deferred tax asset, the Company’s effective tax rate for 2017 would have been 33%. The Company’s effective tax rate is affected by certain permanent tax differences caused by statutory requirements in the tax code. The largest permanent difference relates to tax-exempt interest income related to municipal investments and loans held by the Company. Other, smaller permanent differences arise from income derived from life insurance purchased on certain key employees and directors and meals and entertainment expenses. Return on Assets Excluding discontinued operations, the Company’s return on average assets from continuing operations was 0.73% in 2018, compared to 0.52% in 2017 and 0.63% in 2016. The increased return in 2018 is a direct result of a $4.4 million increase in earnings from continuing operations, while average total assets increased by $183.5 million, mainly as the result of a $121.6 million increase in average total loans and a $44.7 million increase in investment securities. The decreased return in 2017 is a direct result of a $1.4 million decrease in earnings from continuing operations, while average total assets increased by $25.8 million, mainly as the result of a $44.0 million increase in average investment securities. Return on Equity Excluding discontinued operations, the Company’s return on average stockholders’ equity from continuing operations was 7.46% in 2018, compared to 5.23% in 2017 and 7.30% in 2016. The increased return in 2018 is a direct result of a $4.4 million increase in earnings from continuing operations, while average equity increased by $15.9 million. The decreased return in 2017 is a direct result of a $1.4 million decrease in earnings from continuing operations, while average equity increased by $22.0 million. 44 Table of Contents Overview of the Statement of Condition The greatest balance sheet changes from 2017 to 2018 were as follows: total assets increased by $216.7 million to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2018, loans increased by $198.4 million to $1.3 billion, deposits increased by $149.6 million to $1.3 billion, repurchase agreements decreased $7.5 million to $14.9 million, borrowings increased $62.7 million to $214.9 million, subordinated debt decreased $16.0 million to $17.5 million, and stockholders’ equity increased $26.6 million to $176.8 million, Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents totaled $22.2 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $20.3 million at December 31, 2017. During 2016, a deposit reclassification program was implemented and allowed the Company to reduce its requirement of reserve balances on hand in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board the daily Federal Reserve Requirement. Management believes the current balance of cash and cash equivalents adequately serves the Company’s liquidity and performance needs. Total cash and cash equivalents fluctuate on a daily basis due to transactions in process and other liquidity demands. Management believes liquidity needs are satisfied by the current balance of cash and cash equivalents, readily available access to traditional and non-traditional funding sources, and the portions of the investment and loan portfolios that mature within one year. These sources of funds should enable the Company to meet cash obligations as they come due. Investment Securities Investment securities available-for-sale totaled $221.6 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $231.5 million at December 31, 2017. The following table sets forth a summary of the investment securities portfolio as of the dates indicated. Available for sale securities are reported at estimated fair value: December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale securities: U. S. Agency securities U.S. Sponsored Mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Other securities Total investment securities available-for-sale 2018 2017 2016 $ $ 77,430 $ 80,945 $ 50,115 83,761 10,308 58,154 75,842 16,566 28,816 54,733 70,795 8,024 221,614 $ 231,507 $ 162,368 At December 31, 2018, investment securities are available-for-sale or equity securities. Management believes the available-for-sale classification provides flexibility in terms of managing the portfolio for liquidity, yield enhancement and interest rate risk management opportunities. At December 31, 2018, the amortized cost of investment securities totaled $226.3 million, resulting in unrealized loss in the investment portfolio of $4.6 million. Although these investments show an unrealized loss, management has the intent and ability to hold the investments to maturity and they are all high quality investments with no other than temporary impairment. The municipal securities continue to give the Company the ability to pledge and to better the effective tax rate. 45 (Dollars in thousands) U. S. Agency securities U.S. Sponsored Mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities $ — — Table of Contents The following table shows the maturities for the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2018: Within one year After one year, but within five After five years, but within ten After ten years Total investment securities Amortized Cost Weighted Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Weighted Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Weighted Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Weighted Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Fair Value —% $ 34,851 1.96% $ 14,328 2.55% $ 29,863 2.86% $ 79,042 $ 77,430 — — 11,066 5.54 2,481 — 3.35 6.00 9,377 3,073 9,958 1.68 2.74 5.69 42,777 68,126 2.61 3.31 — 52,154 50,115 84,746 83,761 10,308 10,308 Other securities — — 350 Total $ 11,066 5.54% $ 37,682 2.09% $ 36,736 3.19% $ 140,766 3.00% $ 226,250 $ 221,614 Management monitors the earnings performance and liquidity of the investment portfolio on a regular basis through the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) meetings. The ALCO also monitors net interest income and assists in the management of interest rate risk for the Company. Through active balance sheet management and analysis of the investment securities portfolio, sufficient liquidity is maintained to satisfy depositor requirements and the various credit needs of its customers. Management believes the risk characteristics inherent in the investment portfolio are acceptable based on these parameters. Loans The Company’s primary market areas are the Marion, Harrison, Jefferson, Berkeley, Monongalia, and Kanawha counties of West Virginia and Fairfax and Loudoun counties of Virginia, with a secondary focus on the adjacent counties. The portfolio consists principally of commercial lending, retail lending, which includes single-family residential mortgages and consumer lending. Loans totaled $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2018 and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2017. During 2018, the Bank experienced loan growth of $198.4 million. The growth primarily came from the commercial and non- residential real estate area, which grew approximately $157.1 million, and from the residential real estate area, which grew $45.3 million. Major classification of loans held for investment at December 31, are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total Loans Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net Loans receivable $ $ $ $ 941,033 $ 783,909 $ 756,619 $ 728,202 $ 353,944 9,605 308,614 12,783 1,304,582 $ 1,105,306 (216) $ 635 1,304,366 $ 1,105,941 $ $ $ 280,838 14,511 1,051,968 897 1,052,865 $ $ $ 285,490 17,361 1,031,053 1,117 1,032,170 $ $ $ 559,387 220,442 17,103 796,932 1,365 798,297 At December 31, 2018, commercial and non-residential real estate loans represented the largest portion of the portfolio approximating 72.1% of the total loan portfolio. Commercial loans totaled $941.0 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $783.9 million at December 31, 2017. Management will continue to focus on the enhancement and growth of the commercial loan portfolio while maintaining appropriate underwriting standards and risk/price balance. Residential real estate loans to retail customers (including home equity lines of credit) account for the second largest portion of the loan portfolio, comprising 27.1% of the total loan portfolio. Residential real estate and home equity loans totaled $353.9 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $308.6 million at December 31, 2017. Included in residential real estate loans are home equity credit lines totaling $59.0 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $62.4 million at December 31, 2017. Management believes the home equity loans are competitive products with an acceptable return on investment after risk considerations. Residential real estate lending continues to represent a primary focus due to the lower risk factors associated with this type of loan and the opportunity to provide service to those in the Marion, Harrison, Berkeley, Jefferson, Kanawha and Monongalia county markets of West Virginia and Fairfax and Loudoun county markets of Virginia. Under the Tax Reform Act signed into law on December 22, 2017, interest on 46 Table of Contents home equity loans and lines of credit is no longer deductible. This change could adversely impact the level of originations and outstanding volumes of home equity loans and lines of credit in the future. At December 31, 2018, consumer and other loan balances totaled $9.6 million compared to $12.8 million at December 31, 2017. The majority of consumer loans are in the direct lending area. Management is pleased with the performance and quality of the consumer loan portfolio, which can be attributed to the many years of experience of its consumer lenders. This is another important product necessary to serve our market areas. At December 31, 2018, loans identified by management as potential problem loans amounted to $1.4 million, which includes one commercial relationship comprised of two loans in total. These are loans where known information about the borrowers’ possible credit problems causes management to have doubts as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. However, these loans continue to be repaid as agreed, are sufficiently collateralized, and are not believed to present significant risk of loss. The following table provides additional information about loans: Loan maturities at December 31, 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total Loans One Year or Less One Through Five Years Due After Five Years 191,778 $ 419,005 $ 330,249 $ 129,334 601 53,818 3,131 170,792 5,874 Total 941,032 353,944 9,606 321,713 $ 475,954 $ 506,915 $ 1,304,582 $ $ The preceding data has been compiled based upon the earlier of either contractual maturity or next repricing date. The following table reflects the sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2018 that mature after one year: (Dollars in thousands) Predetermined fixed interest rate Floating or adjustable interest rate Total as of December 31, 2018 Loan Concentration Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Consumer and Other $ $ 383,130 366,124 749,254 $ $ 22,063 202,547 224,610 $ $ 3,789 5,216 9,005 $ $ Total 408,982 573,887 982,869 At December 31, 2018, commercial and non-residential real estate loans comprised the largest component of the loan portfolio. However, a large portion of commercial loans are real estate secured and they are geographically and industry diverse. Loans that are non-real estate secured are typically secured by accounts receivable, mortgages or equipment. While the loan concentration is in commercial loans, the commercial portfolio is comprised of loans to many different borrowers, in numerous different industries but primarily located in our market areas. Allowance for Loan Losses Management continually monitors the risk in the loan portfolio through review of the monthly delinquency reports and the Loan Review Committee. The Loan Review Committee is responsible for the determination of the adequacy of the ALL. This analysis involves both experience of the portfolio to date and the makeup of the overall portfolio. Specific loss estimates are derived for individual loans based on specific criteria such as current delinquent status, related deposit account activity, where applicable, and changes in the local and national economy. When appropriate, management also considers public knowledge and/or verifiable information from the local market to assess risks to specific loans and the loan portfolios as a whole. The result of the evaluation of the adequacy at each period presented herein indicated that the ALL was considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, impaired loans totaled $12.8 million and $15.6 million, respectively. A portion of the ALL of $1.0 million and $1.2 million was allocated to cover any loss in these loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Loans past due more than 30 days were $16.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The total of loans past due 47 Table of Contents more than 30 days as of December 31, 2018 included a loan with an outstanding balance of $6.0 million which was reported as past due as the result of a temporary delay in the set-up and receipt of the initial payment. That loan was paid current shortly after year- end. Loans past due more than 30 days to gross loans Loans past due more than 90 days to gross loans December 31, 2018 2017 2016 1.24% 0.40% 0.89% 0.25% 0.73% 0.39% Net charge-offs of $1.4 million in 2018, $1.4 million in 2017, and $2.5 million in 2016 were incurred. The provision for loan losses was $2.4 million in 2018, $2.2 million in 2017, and $3.6 million in 2016. Net charge-offs represented 0.11%, 0.13%, 0.24%, 0.07% and 0.16% in 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, compared to gross loans for the indicated period. The following tables reflect the allocation of the ALL as of December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014: (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2017 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2018 (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2016 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2017 (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2015 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2016 (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2014 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2015 Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity 7,804 $ 1,824 $ (1,024) 15 1,810 (166) 81 350 8,605 $ 2,089 $ Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity 7,181 $ 1,718 $ (1,138) 39 1,722 (250) 44 312 7,804 $ 1,824 $ Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity 6,066 $ 1,810 $ (1,995) 8 3,102 (224) 11 121 7,181 $ 1,718 $ Consumer and Other Total 250 $ (290) 5 280 245 $ Consumer and Other Total 202 $ (109) 18 139 250 $ Consumer and Other Total 130 $ (338) 1 409 202 $ Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Consumer and Other Total 4,363 $ 1,653 $ 207 $ (708) 20 2,391 (33) 6 184 (6) 11 (82) 6,066 $ 1,810 $ 130 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,878 (1,480) 101 2,440 10,939 9,101 (1,497) 101 2,173 9,878 8,006 (2,557) 20 3,632 9,101 6,223 (747) 37 2,493 8,006 48 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2013 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2014 Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Consumer and Other Total 3,609 $ 1,073 $ 253 $ (1,110) 7 1,857 (130) 3 707 (68) 4 18 4,363 $ 1,653 $ 207 $ $ $ 4,935 (1,308) 14 2,582 6,223 (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 December 31, Amount % of loans in each category to total loans Amount % of loans in each category to total loans Amount % of loans in each category to total loans Amount % of loans in each category to total loans Amount % of loans in each category to total loans Commercial and non- residential real estate Residential real estate and home equity Consumer and other $ 8,605 72% $ 7,804 71% $ 7,181 72% $ 6,066 70% $ 4,363 70% 2,089 245 27 1 1,824 250 28 1 1,718 202 27 1 1,810 130 28 2 1,653 207 28 2 Total $ 10,939 100% $ 9,878 100% $ 9,101 100% $ 8,006 100% $ 6,223 100% Non-performing assets consist of loans that are no longer accruing interest, loans that have been renegotiated to below market rates based upon financial difficulties of the borrower, and real estate acquired through foreclosure. When interest accruals are suspended, accrued interest income is reversed with current year accruals charged to earnings and prior year amounts generally charged off as a credit loss. When, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make periodic interest and principal payments resumes and collectability is no longer in doubt, which is evident by the receipt of six consecutive months of regular, on-time payments, the loan is eligible to be returned to accrual status. For 2018, interest income on loans would have increased by approximately $771 thousand if loans had performed in accordance with their terms. Non-performing assets and past due loans: (Dollars in thousands) Non-accrual loans Commercial Real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total non-accrual loans Accruing loan past due 90 days or more Total non-performing loans Other real estate, net Total non-performing assets Allowance for loan losses 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 $ $ $ 4,495 2,526 82 7,103 — 7,103 2,145 9,248 10,939 $ $ $ 8,350 1,170 179 9,699 — 9,699 1,346 11,045 9,878 $ $ $ 4,975 1,176 78 6,229 — 6,229 414 6,643 9,101 $ 8,195 $ 3,462 839 371 9,405 848 10,253 239 10,492 8,006 $ $ $ $ 487 — 3,949 5,306 9,255 575 9,830 6,223 Nonperforming loans to gross loans 0.54% 0.88% 0.59% Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans 154.01% 101.85% 146.11% Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.53% 0.72% 0.47% 0.99% 78.08% 0.76% 1.16% 67.24% 0.89% Impaired loans have decreased by $2.8 million, or 17.9%, during 2018. This change is the net effect of multiple factors, including the identification of $5.6 million of recently impaired loans, the sale of three impaired commercial loans totaling $5.4 million, principal curtailments of $738 thousand, partial charge-offs of $708 thousand, foreclosure and reclassification to other real estate 49 Table of Contents owned of $720 thousand, reclassification of $620 thousand of previously reported impaired loans to performing loans, and normal loan amortization of $153 thousand. The $5.6 million total of recently identified impaired loans includes $3.7 million, or 66.1%, of commercial loans, $1.6 million, or 18.6%, of residential mortgage loans, and $213 thousand, or 5.3%, of consumer loans. The commercial loans are primarily concentrated in two relationships, including a $1.8 million note secured by a stalled real estate development project and two notes totaling $1.4 million secured by a struggling automotive dealership. These three loans represent 86.5% of the recently impaired commercial loans, while the remaining $500 thousand represent six additional commercial loans ranging from $11 thousand to $152 thousand in outstanding balances. The $5.4 million total of sold impaired loans includes three loans in two commercial relationships, including a $3.4 million purchased participation note secured by a senior healthcare facility, a $1.1 million commercial real estate loan, net of a $579 thousand sold participation, secured by a retail strip center, and a $874 thousand development loan secured by a developed commercial site adjacent to the retail strip center. The healthcare loan was purchased by another investor with significant resources in the healthcare industry, while the retail and development loans were purchased by an investor with personal ties to the project. Funding Sources The Bank considers a number of alternatives, including but not limited to deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term borrowings when evaluating funding sources. Traditional deposits continue to be the most significant source of funds, totaling $1.3 billion, or 84.1%, of funding sources at December 31, 2018. This same information at December 31, 2017, reflected $1.2 billion in deposits representing 84.8% of such funding sources. Repurchase agreements, which are available to large corporate customers, represented 1.0% and 1.6% of funding sources at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. FHLB and other borrowings and subordinated debt represented the remainder of such funding sources. In 2018, $16.0 million of subordinated debt was converted into common stock, which caused the issuance of 1,000,000 new shares and will provide an annual interest expense savings of $1.1 million. Management continues to emphasize the development of additional noninterest-bearing deposits as a core funding source for the Company. At December 31, 2018, noninterest-bearing balances totaled $213.6 million compared to $126.0 million at December 31, 2017, or 16.3% and 10.9% of total deposits, respectively. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2018, compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2017, or 83.7% and 89.1% of total deposits, respectively. The following table sets forth the balance of each of the deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 2016 Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations Noninterest bearing demand Interest bearing demand Savings and money markets Time deposits including CDs and IRAs Total deposits Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit $ 213,597 $ 125,963 $ 376,398 317,697 401,462 436,303 284,795 312,519 115,692 414,031 280,533 296,761 $ $ 1,309,154 $ 1,159,580 $ 1,107,017 15,280 $ 18,832 $ 18,727 50 Table of Contents The following table sets forth the average balance and average rate paid on each of the deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: (Dollars in thousands) Average Balance Average Rate Average Balance Average Rate Average Balance Average Rate Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 171,631 $ 117,696 $ 99,826 2018 2017 2016 Interest-bearing demand deposits: NOW Money market checking Savings IRAs CDs Total interest-bearing deposits 432,789 245,008 44,049 17,894 319,720 1,059,460 0.75% 1.00% 0.07% 1.59% 1.76% 1.10% 438,123 239,632 47,034 16,678 262,417 1,003,884 0.60% 0.74% 0.17% 1.30% 1.38% 0.83% 454,320 163,630 43,870 16,319 314,542 992,681 0.53% 0.78% 0.20% 1.27% 1.19% 0.78% Total deposits $ 1,231,091 $ 1,121,580 $ 1,092,507 Average interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.1 billion during 2018 compared to $1.0 billion during 2017. Average noninterest bearing deposits totaled $171.6 million during 2018 compared to $117.7 million during 2017. Maturities of time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit as of December 31, 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Under 3 months Over 3-12 months Over 1 to 3 years Over 3 years Total 2018 1,752 6,677 5,791 1,060 15,280 $ $ Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to both short-term borrowings from FHLB and overnight repurchase agreements to fund its operations and investments. Short-term borrowings: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 Repurchase agreements: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 2018 2017 2016 $ 212,395 $ 149,596 $ 171,117 264,297 2.27% 2.62% 100,969 220,097 1.16% 1.61% 87,733 137,822 210,600 0.51% 0.74% $ 2018 2017 2016 $ 14,925 18,536 20,903 0.30% 0.16% $ 22,403 25,160 25,972 0.30% 0.34% 25,160 27,066 29,561 0.27% 0.28% 51 Table of Contents In addition, the Company holds subordinated debt as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 Capital/Stockholders’ Equity $ 2018 2017 2016 $ 17,524 25,774 33,524 6.81% 6.57% $ 33,524 33,524 33,524 6.69% 6.70% 33,524 33,524 33,524 6.64% 6.63% During the year ended December 31, 2018, stockholders’ equity increased approximately $26.6 million to $176.8 million. This increase consists of net income for the year of $12.0 million, the conversion of subordinated debt to common stock totaling $16.0 million, common stock options exercised totaling $2.1 million, and stock based compensation of $1.3 million. These increases were offset by a $3.1 million other comprehensive loss and dividends paid totaling $1.7 million. With the stockholders’ equity increasing as noted above, the equity to assets ratio increased 0.31% to 10.10% due to equity growth outpacing the $216.7 million increase in total assets during 2018. The Company paid dividends to common shareholders of $1.2 million in 2018 and $1.0 million in 2017 and earned $12.0 million in 2018 versus $7.6 million in 2017, resulting in the dividend payout ratio decreasing from 13.64% in 2017 to 10.16% in 2018. At December 31, 2018, accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $6.8 million, an increase in the loss of $3.8 million from December 31, 2017. This change is primarily the result of the decrease in the market value of the investment portfolio from 2017 to 2018, principally in the area of local municipal bonds. The Company and the Bank are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Bank regulators have established “risk-based” capital requirements designed to measure capital adequacy. Risk-based capital ratios reflect the relative risks of various assets companies hold in their portfolios. A weight category of 0% (lowest risk assets), 20%, 50%, 100% or 150% (highest risk assets) is assigned to each asset on the balance sheet. Detailed information concerning the Company’s risk-based capital ratios can be found in Note 14, “Regulatory Capital Requirements” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1, Business, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, as defined. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s consolidated risk-based capital ratios were above the minimum standards for a well capitalized institution. The total risk-based capital ratio of 13.8% at December 31, 2018, is above the well capitalized standard of 10%. The Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.0% also exceeded the well capitalized minimum of 8%. The common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 11.2% is above the well capitalized standard of 6.5%. The leverage ratio at December 31, 2018, was 9.9% and was also above the well capitalized standard of 5%. Management believes that capital continues to provide a strong base for profitable growth. Liquidity and Interest Rate Sensitivity The objective of the asset/liability management function is to structure the balance sheet in ways that maintain consistent growth in net interest income and minimize exposure to market risks within its policy guidelines. This objective is accomplished through management of balance sheet liquidity and interest rate risk exposure based on changes in economic conditions, interest rate levels, and customer preferences. The Company manages balance sheet liquidity through the investment portfolio, sales of commercial and residential real estate loans, and through the utilization of diversified funding sources, including retail deposits, a variety of wholesale funding sources and borrowings through the FHLB. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of interest rate caps, commercial 52 Table of Contents loan swap transactions and interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans held for sale, as well as the structuring of loan terms that provide cash flows to be consistently re-invested along the rate cycle. Interest Rate Risk Our primary market risk is interest rate fluctuation. Interest rate risk results from the traditional banking activities in which the Bank engages, such as gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic conditions, financial conditions, movements in interest rates, and consumer preferences affect the difference between interest earned on our assets and interest paid on our liabilities. The Company’s interest rate risk represents the levels of exposure our income and market values have to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rate risk is measured as the change in earnings and the theoretical market value of equity that results from changes in interest rates. The ALCO oversees the management of interest rate risk. ALCO’s objective is to maximize stockholder value, enhance profitability and increase capital, serve customer and community needs, and protect the Company from any material financial consequences associated with changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from differences between the timing of rate changes and the timing of cash flows (repricing risk); from changing rate relationships across yield curves that affect bank activities (basis risk); from changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities (yield curve risk); and from interest rate related options embedded in certain bank products (option risk). Changes in interest rates may also affect a bank’s underlying economic value. The values of a bank’s assets, liabilities, and interest- rate related, off-balance sheet contracts are affected by changes in rates because the present values of future cash flows, and in some cases the cash flows themselves, are changed when discounting by different rates. The Company believes that accepting some level of interest rate risk is necessary in order to achieve realistic profit goals. Management and the Board have chosen an interest rate risk profile that is consistent with our strategic business plan. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by our ALCO. The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates. The Company measures the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on our short-term earnings, long-term value, and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors embedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology we employ. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest- earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan and deposit products. A base case forecast is prepared using Global Insight’s Most Likely rate forecast and alternative simulations reflecting more and less extreme behavior of rates each quarter. The analysis gets presented to the ALCO and the Board of Directors. In addition, more frequent forecasts are produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain, when other business conditions so dictate, or when necessary to model potential balance sheet changes. The balance sheet is subject to quarterly testing for interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by +/ - 100, 200, 300, and 400 basis points (“bp”). The goal is to structure the balance sheet so that net interest-earnings at risk over a twelve-month period and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. At December 31, 2018, the Company is shown in a liability sensitive position for the first year after rate shocks. Management continuously strives to reduce higher costing fixed rate funding instruments, while increasing assets that are more fluid in their repricing. An asset sensitive position, theoretically, is more favorable in a rising rate environment since more assets than liabilities will reprice in a given time frame as interest rates rise. Similarly, a liability sensitive position, theoretically, is favorable in a declining interest rate environment since more liabilities than assets will reprice in a given time frame as interest rates decline. Management works to maintain a consistent spread between yields on assets and costs of deposits and borrowings, regardless of the direction of interest rates. 53 Table of Contents Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income Change in interest rates +400 bp +300 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp -300 bp -400 bp Policy Limit December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 25.0 % 0.8 % (4.3)% 20.0 % 0.3 % (3.9)% 15.0 % (0.7)% (3.2)% 10.0 % (0.7)% (1.6)% 10.0 % (2.9)% (0.3)% 15.0 % (8.2)% (11.6)% 20.0 % (16.9)% (19.2)% 25.0 % (21.6)% (22.8)% As shown above, measures of net interest income at risk in a rising rate environment were less favorable at December 31, 2018 than at December 31, 2017 at all interest rate shock levels and less favorable in a falling rate environment for the same time periods. All measures remained well within prescribed policy limits. This reflects rising liability costs in an environment in which we expect short-term market rates to rise faster than long-term rates. The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which, in theory, approximates the fair value of the Company’s net assets. Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE) Change in interest rates +300 bp +400 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp -300 bp -400 bp Policy Limit December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 35.0 % (8.2)% (6.3)% 25.0 % (6.4)% (4.7)% 17.0 % (4.3)% (3.2)% 12.0 % (2.0)% (1.7)% 12.0 % (2.7)% (1.9)% 17.0 % (11.9)% (16.1)% 25.0 % (27.6)% (29.7)% 35.0 % (33.3)% (29.7)% The EVE at risk in down rate scenarios decreased at December 31, 2018, when compared to December 31, 2017, while we expect economic value of equity to decline during rising rate environments. This is due to operating in an environment expecting a relatively flattening yield curve. Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices The consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation. Liquidity Maintenance of a sufficient level of liquidity is a primary objective of the ALCO. Liquidity, as defined by the ALCO, is the ability to meet anticipated operating cash needs, loan demand, and deposit withdrawals, without incurring a sustained negative impact on net interest income. It is the Company’s policy to manage liquidity so that there is no need to make unplanned sales of assets or to borrow funds under emergency conditions. The main source of liquidity for the Bank comes through deposit growth. Liquidity is also provided from cash generated from investment maturities, principal payments from loans, and income from loans and investment securities. During the year ended December 31, 2018, cash provided by financing activities totaled $205.2 million, while outflows from investing activity totaled $210.0 million. When appropriate, the Bank has the ability to take advantage of external sources of funds such as advances from the FHLB, national market certificate of deposit issuance programs, the Federal Reserve discount window, brokered deposits and CDARS. These external sources often provide attractive interest rates and flexible maturity dates that enable the Bank to match funding with contractual maturity dates of assets. Securities in the investment portfolio are classified as available-for-sale and can be utilized as an additional source of liquidity. The Company has an effective shelf registration covering $75 million of debt and equity securities, of which approximately $75 million remains available, subject to Board authorization and market conditions, to issue equity or debt securities at our discretion. While we seek to preserve flexibility with respect to cash requirements, there can be no assurance that market conditions would permit us to sell securities on acceptable terms at any given time or at all. 54 Table of Contents Contractual Obligations The following table reflects the contractual maturities of our term liabilities as of December 31, 2018. The amounts shown do not reflect contractual interest, early withdrawal or prepayment assumptions. (Dollars in thousands) Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts 1 Securities sold under agreement to repurchase Operating leases FHLB short-term advances FHLB long-term advances Less than one year One to three years Three to five years More than five years Total $ 266,714 $ 98,370 $ 36,378 $ — $ 401,462 14,925 1,785 212,395 85 — 3,316 — 2,407 — 3,055 — — — 12,817 — — 14,925 20,973 212,395 2,492 Total 495,904 1 Certificates of deposit give customers rights to early withdrawal. Early withdrawals may be subject to penalties. The penalty amount depends on the remaining time to maturity at the time of early withdrawal. 104,093 652,247 39,433 12,817 $ $ $ $ $ Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements The Bank has entered into certain agreements that represent off-balance sheet arrangements that could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements and could have a significant impact in future periods. Specifically, the Bank has entered into agreements to extend credit or provide conditional payments pursuant to standby and commercial letters of credit. In addition, the Bank utilizes letters of credit issued by the FHLB to collateralize certain public funds deposits. Further discussion of these agreements, including the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2018, is included in Note 7, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. Fourth Quarter Fourth quarter 2018 net income was $3.0 million compared to $1.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. This equated to basic earnings per share, on a quarterly basis, of $0.25 in 2018 and $0.12 in 2017. Diluted earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 2018 and 2017 were $0.24 and $0.12, respectively. Net interest income increased during the fourth quarter and was $14.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to $11.7 million in 2017. Noninterest income was $8.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to $10.2 million in 2017. Noninterest expense increased to $18.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2018 from $17.7 million in 2017. Loan loss provision was $292 thousand for the fourth quarter of 2018, a decrease of $744 thousand over the fourth quarter of 2017. The commercial and retail banking segment of the Company had increased earnings in the fourth quarter of 2018 by $2.4 million from the same period one year prior due to an increase in noninterest expenses. Net interest income increased $2.5 million due to the Company’s strong balance sheet growth, namely loan growth of $203.0 million and deposit growth of $147.1 million. Noninterest income decreased $387 thousand, primarily as the result of a decrease of $80 thousand in the gain on sale of portfolio loans, a decrease of $54 thousand in the gain on derivative, and a decrease of $47 thousand in commercial swap fee income. Noninterest expenses increased by $1.0 million, mostly as the result of a $743 thousand increase in salaries and employee benefits, a $218 thousand increase in other operating expenses, and $111 thousand increase in insurance, tax, and assessment expense. Additionally, fourth quarter 2018 income tax expense decreased by $556 thousand to $1.3 million versus the fourth quarter 2017. The decrease in tax expense was primarily the result of the reduction in the statutory income tax rate in 2018. The mortgage segment of the Company had decreased fourth quarter earnings of $320 thousand from the same period one year prior due to a decrease in mortgage fee income of $837 thousand and a decrease in the gain on derivatives of $227 thousand. Salaries and benefits decreased $689 thousand as a result of decreased commission expense. In addition, there was a decrease in income tax expense of $232 thousand due to the decrease in fourth quarter 2018 earnings versus the prior year. The financial holding company segment of the Company had decreased earnings of $452 thousand in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to the same period in 2017. The earnings decrease was primarily related to a $276 thousand decrease in the gain on sale of securities and a $584 thousand increase in salaries and employee benefits. Additionally, the fourth quarter income tax benefit decreased $62 thousand in 2018. 55 Table of Contents Future Outlook The Company has invested in infrastructure to support anticipated future growth in each key area, including personnel, technology and processes to meet the growing compliance requirements in the industry. The Company believes it is well positioned in some of the finest markets in the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia and will continue to focus on the following: margin improvement; leveraging capital; organic portfolio loan growth; and operating efficiency. The key challenge for the Company in the future is to attract core deposits to fund growth in the new markets through continued delivery of outstanding customer service coupled with high quality products and technology. The Company is expanding the treasury services function to support the banking needs of financial and emerging technology companies, which will further enhance core deposits. 56 Table of Contents ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The Company’s market risk is composed primarily of interest rate risk. The ALCO is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position and establishes policies to monitor and coordinate the Company’s sources, uses, and pricing of funds. Interest Rate Sensitivity Management The Company uses a simulation model to analyze, manage and formulate operating strategies that address net interest income sensitivity to movements in interest rates. The simulation model projects net interest income based on various interest rate scenarios over a twenty-four month period. The model is based on the actual maturity and re-pricing characteristics of rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model incorporates certain assumptions which management believes to be reasonable regarding the impact of changing interest rates and the prepayment assumption of certain assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018. The model assumes changes in interest rates without any management intervention to change the composition of the balance sheet. According to the model run for the period ended December 31, 2018, over a twelve-month period, an immediate 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in a decrease in net interest income by 0.7%. An immediate 200 basis point increase in interest rates would result in a decrease in net interest income by 0.7%. A 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in a decrease in net interest income of 2.9%. While management carefully monitors the exposure to changes in interest rates and takes actions as warranted to decrease any adverse impact, there can be no assurance about the actual effect of interest rate changes on net interest income. The Company’s net interest income and the fair value of its financial instruments are influenced by changes in the level of interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by its ALCO. The ALCO meets quarterly and has responsibility for formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and reviewing interest rate sensitivity. We also have counter-party risk which may arise from the possible inability of the Company’s third-party investors to meet the terms of their forward sales contracts. The Company works with third-party investors that are generally well capitalized, are investment grade and exhibit strong financial performance to mitigate this risk. We do not expect any third-party investor to fail to meet its obligation. We monitor the financial condition of these third parties on an annual basis. 57 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary Consolidated Balance Sheets (Dollars in thousands except per share data) December 31, 2018 and 2017 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and due from banks Interest bearing balances with banks Total cash and cash equivalents Certificates of deposit with other banks Investment Securities: Securities available-for-sale, at fair value Equity securities Loans held for sale Loans receivable: Less: Allowance for loan losses Net Loans Premises and equipment, net Bank owned life insurance Accrued interest receivable and other assets Goodwill TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Deposits: Noninterest bearing Interest bearing Total deposits Accrued interest payable and other liabilities Repurchase agreements FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt Total liabilities STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 2018 2017 $ 14,747 $ 7,474 22,221 14,778 221,614 9,599 75,807 16,345 3,960 20,305 14,778 231,507 — 66,794 1,304,366 1,105,941 (10,939) (9,878) 1,293,427 1,096,063 26,545 34,291 34,207 18,480 26,686 32,666 27,023 18,480 $ 1,750,969 $ 1,534,302 $ 213,597 $ 125,963 1,095,557 1,309,154 1,033,617 1,159,580 17,706 14,925 214,887 17,524 16,434 22,403 152,169 33,524 1,574,196 1,384,110 Preferred stock, par value $1,000; 20,000 authorized; 783 issued in 2018 and 2017 (See Note 12) 7,834 7,834 Common stock, par value $1; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 11,658,370 shares issued and 11,607,293 shares outstanding in 2018; 10,495,704 shares issued and 10,444,627 shares outstanding in 2017 Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss Treasury Stock, 51,077 shares, at cost Total stockholders’ equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 11,658 116,897 48,274 (6,806) (1,084) 10,496 98,698 37,236 (2,988) (1,084) 176,773 150,192 $ 1,750,969 $ 1,534,302 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 58 Table of Contents MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary Consolidated Statements of Income (Dollars in thousands except per share data) Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 INTEREST INCOME Interest and fees on loans Interest on deposits with other banks Interest on investment securities - taxable Interest on tax exempt loans and securities Total interest income INTEREST EXPENSE Interest on deposits Interest on repurchase agreements Interest on FHLB and other borrowings Interest on subordinated debt Total interest expense NET INTEREST INCOME Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses NONINTEREST INCOME Service charges on deposit accounts Income on bank owned life insurance Visa debit card and interchange income Mortgage fee income Gain on sale of portfolio loans Insurance and investment services income Gain on sale of securities Gain (loss) on derivatives Commercial swap fee income Holding gain on equity securities Other operating income Total noninterest income NONINTEREST EXPENSES Salary and employee benefits Occupancy expense Equipment depreciation and maintenance Data processing and communications Mortgage processing Marketing, contributions and sponsorships Professional fees Printing, postage and supplies Insurance, tax and assessment expense Travel, entertainment, dues and subscriptions Other operating expenses Total noninterest expense Income from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - continuing operations Net Income from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - discontinued operations Net Income from discontinued operations Net Income Preferred dividends Net Income available to common shareholders 59 2018 2017 2016 $ $ $ 62,468 403 3,580 3,309 69,760 11,635 56 4,259 1,756 17,706 52,054 2,440 49,614 1,033 1,182 647 32,337 198 716 327 (278) 552 590 1,336 38,640 46,224 4,234 3,239 3,741 3,551 1,141 3,559 762 1,846 2,808 1,773 72,878 15,376 3,373 12,003 — — — 12,003 489 11,514 $ $ $ 51,217 340 2,658 2,383 56,598 8,294 75 1,690 2,242 12,301 44,297 2,173 42,124 765 646 1,258 37,149 538 563 731 (2,722) 503 — 1,275 40,706 44,108 4,084 3,005 5,116 3,207 1,179 3,143 988 1,797 2,221 1,652 70,500 12,330 4,755 7,575 — — — 7,575 498 7,077 $ $ $ 50,018 322 1,366 2,417 54,123 7,748 72 1,086 2,226 11,132 42,991 3,632 39,359 764 638 1,185 35,673 1,042 420 1,082 1,467 84 — 850 43,205 45,225 3,686 2,452 4,964 3,355 1,253 2,720 767 1,528 1,725 1,534 69,209 13,355 4,378 8,977 6,346 2,411 3,935 12,912 1,128 11,784 Table of Contents Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per common shareholder - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per common shareholder - diluted Cash dividends declared Weighted average shares outstanding - basic Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1.04 $ — $ $ 1.04 0.69 $ — $ $ 0.69 1.00 $ — $ $ 1.00 0.68 $ — $ $ 0.68 0.96 0.48 1.44 0.92 0.39 1.31 0.11 11,030,984 12,722,003 $ 0.10 10,308,738 10,440,228 $ 0.08 8,212,021 10,068,733 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 60 Table of Contents MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Net Income Other comprehensive income (loss): 2018 2017 2016 $ 12,003 $ 7,575 $ 12,912 Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale (4,167) 3,387 (2,802) Unrealized holding gains during the year related to reclassified held-to-maturity securities — — 1,825 Income tax effect 1,125 (1,355) 391 Reclassification adjustment for gain recognized in income (327) (731) (813) Reclassification adjustment for gain recognized in income related to reclassified held-to-maturity securities Income tax effect — 88 — (269) 292 433 Change in defined benefit pension plan 284 (507) (181) Income tax effect (77) 203 72 Total other comprehensive income (loss) (3,074) 1,289 (1,344) Comprehensive income $ 8,929 $ 8,864 $ 11,568 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 61 Table of Contents MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Dollars in thousands except per share data) Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Treasury Stock Total Stockholders’ Equity Balance December 31, 2015 $ 16,334 $ 8,113 $ 74,228 $ 20,054 $ (2,933) $ (1,084) $ 114,712 Net Income Other comprehensive loss Cash dividends paid ($0.08 per share) Dividends on preferred stock Common stock issuance, net of issuance costs Stock based compensation Common stock options exercised — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1,913 18,606 — 22 568 10 12,912 — (646) (1,128) — — — — (1,344) — — — — — — — — — — — — 12,912 (1,344) (646) (1,128) 20,519 568 32 Balance December 31, 2016 16,334 10,048 93,412 31,192 (4,277) (1,084) 145,625 Net Income Other comprehensive income Cash dividends paid ($0.10 per share) Dividends on preferred stock — — — — Redemption of preferred stock (8,500) Common stock issuance, net of issuance costs Stock based compensation Common stock options exercised — — — — — — — — 444 — 4 — — — — — 4,487 813 (14) 7,575 — (1,033) (498) — — — — — 1,289 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7,575 1,289 (1,033) (498) (8,500) 4,931 813 (10) Balance December 31, 2017 7,834 10,496 98,698 37,236 (2,988) (1,084) 150,192 Net Income Other comprehensive loss Cash dividends paid ($0.11 per share) Dividends on preferred stock Stock based compensation Common stock options exercised Restricted stock units vested Stranded AOCI Mark to Market on equity positions held at December 31, 2017 Common stock issued from subordinated debt conversion, net of costs — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 161 1 — — — — — — 1,267 1,968 (1) — — 1,000 14,965 12,003 — (1,220) (489) — — — 646 98 — — (3,074) — — — — — (646) (98) — — — — — — — — — — — 12,003 (3,074) (1,220) (489) 1,267 2,129 — — — 15,965 Balance December 31, 2018 $ 7,834 $ 11,658 116,897 48,274 $ (6,806) $ (1,084) $ 176,773 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 62 Table of Contents MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in thousands) Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net Income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Net amortization and accretion of investments Net amortization of deferred loan (fees) costs Provision for loan losses Depreciation and amortization Stock based compensation Loans originated for sale Proceeds of loans sold Mortgage fee income Gain on sale of securities Loss on sale of securities Net gain on equity securities Gain on sale of portfolio loans Gain on sale of subsidiary Income on bank owned life insurance, including death benefit proceeds in excess of cash surrender value Deferred taxes Other, net Net cash provided by operating activities INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale Maturities/paydowns of investment securities available-for-sale Maturities/paydowns of investment securities held-to-maturity Sales of investment securities available-for-sale Purchases of premises and equipment Disposals of premises and equipment Disposals of premises and equipment from sale of subsidiary Net increase in loans Purchases of restricted bank stock Redemptions of restricted bank stock Proceeds from sale of certificates of deposit with banks Purchases of certificates of deposit with banks Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned Proceeds from sale of subsidiary Purchase of bank owned life insurance Proceeds from death benefit of bank owned life insurance policies Purchase of equity securities Net cash used in investing activities FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net increase in deposits Net (decrease) in repurchase agreements Net change in short-term FHLB borrowings Principal payments on FHLB borrowings Proceeds from new FHLB borrowings Subordinated debt conversion costs Proceeds from stock offering, net of issuance costs Preferred stock redemption Common stock options exercised Cash dividends paid on common stock Cash dividends paid on preferred stock Net cash provided by financing activities Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Loans transferred to other real estate owned Cashless stock options exercised Restricted stock units vested Common stock converted from subordinated debt Cash payments for: Interest on deposits, repurchase agreements and borrowings Income taxes 2018 2017 2016 $ 12,003 $ 7,575 $ 12,912 1,293 (324) 2,440 2,938 1,267 (1,214,078) 1,237,402 (32,337) (352) 25 (590) (198) — (1,182) 139 (1,752) 6,694 (31,068) 25,748 — 2,743 (2,693) — — (199,282) (29,370) 25,681 — — 707 — (1,149) 706 (2,000) (209,977) 149,574 (7,478) 74,999 (62,281) 50,000 (35) — — 2,129 (1,220) (489) 205,199 1,916 20,305 22,221 1,369 161 1 16 17,277 191 $ $ $ 1,166 26 2,173 2,691 813 (1,367,531) 1,428,060 (37,149) (1,103) 372 — (538) — (646) 1,349 (4,137) 33,121 (139,127) 19,011 — 53,198 (4,496) 307 — (53,960) (20,712) 18,980 1,978 (2,229) — — (9,050) — — (136,100) 52,563 (2,757) 49,663 (15,097) 26,682 — 4,931 (8,500) (10) (1,033) (498) 105,944 2,965 17,340 20,305 1,164 4 — — 12,399 6,026 $ $ $ 1,001 55 3,632 3,407 568 (1,643,450) 1,691,572 (35,673) (1,084) 2 — (1,042) (6,926) (638) 707 221 25,264 (114,612) 17,790 400 55,191 (1,668) — 581 (22,245) (23,933) 26,684 6,717 (8,094) 159 7,047 — — — (55,983) 94,703 (2,277) (92,184) (93) — — 20,519 — 32 (646) (1,128) 18,926 (11,793) 29,133 17,340 332 16 — — 10,890 6,922 $ $ $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 63 Table of Contents NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Business and Organization MVB Financial Corp. (“the Company”) is a financial holding company and was organized in 2003. MVB operates principally through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MVB Bank, Inc. (“MVB Bank”). MVB Bank’s operating subsidiaries include MVB Mortgage, MVB Insurance, LLC (“MVB Insurance”), and MVB Community Development Corporation (“CDC”). MVB Bank was chartered in 1997 and commenced operations in 1999. In 2012, MVB Bank acquired Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc. (“PMG” which began doing business under the registered trade name “MVB Mortgage”), a mortgage company in the northern Virginia area, and fifty percent (50%) interest in a mortgage services company, Lender Service Provider, LLC (“LSP”). In 2013, this fifty percent interest (50%) in LSP was reduced to a twenty-five percent (25%) interest and in 2017, a forfeiture of a partial interest occurred, which increased the interest owned to thirty-three percent (33%). At this time, LSP began doing business as Lenderworks. MVB Insurance was originally formed in 2000. In 2013, MVB Insurance became a direct subsidiary of the Company. In 2016, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with USI Insurance Services (“USI”), in which USI purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of MVB Insurance, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $6.9 million and was reported in discontinued operations. MVB Insurance retained the assets related to, and continues to operate, its title insurance business, which is immaterial in terms of revenue. The Company reorganized MVB Insurance as a subsidiary of the Bank in 2016. MVB CDC was formed in 2017 and was created as a means to provide opportunities for loans and investments that help to increase access to equity capital in under-served urban and rural areas of West Virginia and our market areas in Virginia. MVB CDC promotes specific bank-driven economic development strategies, provides for effective support for its CRA compliance strategy, and helps to support positive local reputation of the Bank through marketing and visible activities in the communities where we live and work. A summary of significant accounting and reporting policies applied in the presentation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows: Basis of Presentation The financial statements are consolidated to include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiary, MVB Bank, and the Bank’s wholly- owned subsidiaries, MVB Mortgage and MVB Insurance. These statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to determination of the allowance for loan losses, derivative instruments, goodwill and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Operating Segments An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities that generates revenue and incurs expense, and the operating results of which are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in the determination of resource allocation and performance. While the Company’s chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various Company’s products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. The Company has identified three reportable segments: commercial and retail banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. Insurance services was previously identified as a reportable segment until entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement, as discussed below and in Note 22, “Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 64 Table of Contents Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits in banks and interest-earning deposits. Interest-earning deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less are considered cash equivalents. Net cash flows are reported for loans, deposits and short term borrowing transactions. Management Estimates The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates, such as the allowance for loan losses, are based upon known facts and circumstances. Estimates are revised by management in the period such facts and circumstances change. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Investment Securities Investment securities at the time of purchase are classified as one of the following: Held-to-Maturity Securities - Includes securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are reported at amortized cost. Available-for-Sale Securities - Includes debt that will be held for indefinite periods of time. These securities may be sold in response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity and changes in the availability of and yield of alternative investments. Such securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of estimated income tax effect. Equity Securities - Includes equity securities that are adjusted to fair value on a monthly basis, with the change in value recorded directly on the income statement. The amortized cost of investment in debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed by a method that results in a level yield. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the basis of specific identification of the adjusted cost of each security. Securities are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. For debt securities, management considers whether the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference defined as the credit loss), the magnitude and duration of the decline, the reasons underlying the decline and the Company’s intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, if the Company does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost (the difference defined as the non-credit portion) is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within noninterest income in the consolidated statement of income. Common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) represents ownership in an institution which is wholly owned by other financial institutions. These equity securities are accounted for at cost, less impairment and are classified as other assets. Loans Held for Sale Through multiple secondary market investors, MVB Mortgage has the ability to offer customers long-term fixed rate and variable rate mortgage products without holding these instruments in the Bank’s loan portfolio. MVB Mortgage elected the fair value option and therefore records loans held for sale at fair value. Occasionally the Bank will sell portfolio loans and have them classified as loans held for sale. These loans are recorded at lower of cost or market. The Company has a loan indemnification reserve for loans sold that may be subject to repurchase in the event of specific default by the borrower or subsequent discovery that underwriting standards were not met. The reserve amount was $200 thousand as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. 65 Table of Contents Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by an allowance for loan losses. Loans are considered non-accrual when scheduled principal or interest payments are 90 days past due. Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company consistently applies a quarterly loan review process to continually evaluate loans for changes in credit risk. This process serves as the primary means by which the Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, and is based upon periodic review of the collectability of loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are impaired. The general component covers all loans that are not impaired, and is based upon historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The Company allocates the allowance based on the factors described below, which conform to the Company’s loan classification policy. In reviewing risk within the Bank and Mortgage Company’s loan portfolio, management has determined there to be several different risk categories within the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts applicable to: (i) residential real estate loans; (ii) commercial and commercial real estate secured loans; (iii) home equity loans; (iv) consumer and other loans. Factors considered in this process include general loan terms, collateral, and availability of historical data to support the analysis. Historical loss percentages for each loan category are calculated and used as the basis for calculating allowance allocations. Certain qualitative factors are evaluated to determine additional inherent risks in the loan portfolio, which are not necessarily reflected in the historical loss percentages. These factors are then added to the historical allocation percentages to get the adjusted factor to be applied to non- classified loans on a weighted basis, by risk grade. The following qualitative factors are analyzed: • Lending policies and procedures • Nature and volume of the portfolio • Experience and ability of lending management and staff • Volume and severity of problem credits • Conclusions of loan reviews, audits and exams • National, state, regional and local economic trends and business conditions General economic conditions Unemployment rates Inflation / CPI • Value of underlying collateral • Existence and effect of any credit concentrations • Consumer sentiment • Other external factors The Company analyzes its loan portfolio each quarter to determine the appropriateness of its allowance for loan losses. A loan that has deteriorated and requires additional collection efforts by the Bank could warrant non-accrual status. A thorough review is presented to the Chief Credit Officer and/or the Management Loan Committee (“MLC”), as required with respect to any loan which is in a collection process and to make a determination as to whether the loan should be placed on non-accrual status. The placement of loans on non-accrual status is subject to applicable regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Generally, loans should be placed in non-accrual status when the loan reaches 90 days past due, when it becomes likely the borrower cannot or will not make scheduled principal or interest payments, when full repayment of principal and interest is not expected, or when the loan displays potential loss characteristics. Normally, all accrued interest is reversed when a loan is placed in non-accrual status, unless Management believes it is likely the accrued interest will be collected. Any payments subsequently received are applied to principal. To remove a loan from non-accrual status, all principal and interest due must be paid up to date and the Bank is reasonably sure of future satisfactory payment performance. Usually, this requires a six-month recent history of timely payments. Removal of a loan from non-accrual status requires the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and or MLC. A loan is considered impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and shortages generally 66 Table of Contents are not classified as impaired. Generally, the Company considers impaired loans to include loans classified as non-accrual loans, loans past due for longer than 90 days and troubled debt restructurings. The Company defers loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) A restructuring of debt constitutes a TDR if the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The determination of whether a concession has been granted includes an evaluation of the debtor’s ability to access funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics and among other things, the significance of the modification relative to unpaid principal or collateral value of the debt, and/or the significance of a delay in the timing of payments relative to the frequency of payments, original maturity date or the expected duration of the loan. The most common concessions granted generally include one or more modifications to the terms of the debt such as a reduction in the interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or reduction of the unpaid principal or interest. All TDRs are considered impaired loans. Derivative Instruments Interest Rate Lock Commitments and Hedges The Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 days to 120 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and hedges is very high due to their similarity. As a result of these strategies, the Company limits the exposure of losses with these arrangements and will not realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. For loans not originated on a best effort basis, the Company also uses mortgage-backed security hedges and pair-offs to mitigate interest rate risk by entering into securities and mortgage-backed securities trades with brokers. The fair value of rate lock commitments and hedges is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and hedges are not actively traded in stand-alone-markets. The Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and hedges by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Fair value changes are recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the balance of interest rate lock commitments was $1.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively. There were no forward sales commitments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Interest Rate Cap The Company has entered into a rate protection transaction through SMBC Capital Markets, Inc. covering the period November 26, 2014 through December 1, 2019. The notional amount is $100 million and 3 month LIBOR is the underlying rate and the strike price is 3%. The 5 year coverage is broken into 20 quarterly caps. The Company’s fixed cost in the interest rate cap was $1.5 million. The credit support provider must maintain a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of A or better by S&P and A2 or better by Moody’s. The interest rate cap agreement is a free-standing derivative and is recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Fair value changes are recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated net income statement. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of the interest rate cap was $8 thousand and $33 thousand, respectively. Interest Rate Swap Beginning in 2015, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to facilitate the risk management strategies of a small number of commercial banking clients. The Company mitigates this risk by entering into equal and offsetting interest rate swap agreements with highly rated third-party financial institutions. The interest rate swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and are recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Fair value changes are recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated net income statement. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of interest rate swap agreements was $1.4 million and $268 thousand, respectively. 67 Table of Contents Fair Value Hedge The Company entered into an interest rate swap designated as a fair value hedge to mitigate the effect of changing interest rates on the fair values of the loans. This involves the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. The gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company entered into a pay-fixed/receive-variable interest rate swap in December 2018 with a notional amount of $45.0 million which was designated as a fair value hedge associated with the Company’s fixed rate loan program. At December 31, 2018, the fair value of interest rate swap hedge was $343 thousand. Mortgage Servicing Rights Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are recorded when the Bank sells mortgage loans and retains the servicing on those loans. On a monthly basis, MVB tracks the amount of mortgage loans that are sold with servicing retained. A valuation is done to determine the MSR’s value, which is then recorded as an asset and amortized over the period of estimated net servicing revenues. The balance of MSR’s is evaluated for impairment quarterly, and was determined not to be impaired at December 31, 2018 or 2017. Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments from borrowers, maintaining escrow accounts, remitting payments to third party investors and when necessary, foreclosure processing. Serviced loans are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the MSR’s value was $173 thousand and $182 thousand, respectively. Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed for financial reporting by the straight-line-method based on the estimated useful lives of assets, which range from 7 to 40 years on buildings and leasehold improvements and 3 to 10 years on furniture, fixtures and equipment. Intangible Assets and Goodwill Goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. In addition to the annual impairment evaluation, the Company evaluates for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not an impairment loss has occurred. The Company performs its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test discussed below. The Company assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Examples of qualitative factors include: economic conditions; industry and market considerations; increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows; relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers; and regulatory or political developments. If, based on its assessment of the qualitative factors, the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the first and second steps of the goodwill impairment test are not necessary. If determined to be necessary, a two-step impairment test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of a goodwill impairment loss to be recognized (if any). The first step requires the estimation of the reporting unit’s fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, including goodwill, no further testing is required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second step is performed to determine whether an impairment charge must be recorded, and if so, the amount of such charge. It was decided that the Company would early adopt ASU 2017-04, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) and did so for the period ended December 31, 2018. As such, the Company began using the one-step process for the annual impairment evaluation. The Company’s assessment of qualitative factors determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and therefore, goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had goodwill of $18.5 million, respectively. Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles which are amortized over their useful life of ten years using the double-declining balance method and have been reviewed for impairment. Net core deposit intangibles are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet and totaled $550 thousand and $646 thousand as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 68 Table of Contents Restricted Bank Stock The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and as such, is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of the FHLB that varies with the level of advances outstanding with the FHLB. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank holds $11.3 million and $7.6 million, respectively. The stock is bought from and sold to the FHLB based upon its $100 par value. The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated by management. The stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (a) a significant decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted (b) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB and (d) the liquidity position of the FHLB. Management evaluated the stock and concluded that the stock was not impaired for the periods presented herein. Management considered that the FHLB’s regulatory capital ratios have improved in the most recent quarters, liquidity appears adequate, new shares of FHLB stock continue to exchange hands at the $100 par value and the FHLB has repurchased shares of excess capital stock from its members during 2018 and 2017. Foreclosed Assets Held for Resale Foreclosed assets held for resale acquired in satisfaction of mortgage obligations and in foreclosure proceedings are recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of foreclosure, with any valuation adjustments charged to the allowance for loan losses. In subsequent periods, foreclosed assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less any costs to sell. Any gains or losses on sale are then recorded in other noninterest expense. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company held other real estate of $2.1 million and $1.3 million. Bank-Owned Life Insurance Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the beneficiary of such policies. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized upon surrender of the policy. Income from these policies is not subject to income taxes and is recorded as noninterest income. Income Taxes The Company and the Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on the difference between the financial statement basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rates. Deferred income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes in the net deferred tax asset or liability from period to period. Stock Based Compensation Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. 69 Table of Contents Earnings Per Share The Company determines basic earnings per share by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing net income less dividends on convertible preferred stock plus interest on convertible subordinated debt by the weighted average number of shares outstanding increased by both the number of shares that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options under the Company’s 2003 and 2013 Stock Incentive Plans and the conversion of preferred stock and subordinated debt if dilutive. (Dollars in thousands except shares and per share data) 2018 2017 2016 For the years ended December 31, Numerator for basic earnings per share: Net Income from continuing operations Less: Dividends on preferred stock Net Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders - basic Net Income from discontinued operations available to common shareholders - basic and diluted Net Income available to common shareholders Numerator for diluted earnings per share: Net Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders - basic Add: Dividends on preferred stock Add: Interest on subordinated debt (tax effected) Net Income available to common shareholders from continuing operations - diluted Denominator: Total average shares outstanding Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock Effect of dilutive convertible subordinated debt Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units Total diluted average shares outstanding Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per common shareholder - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per common shareholder - diluted Comprehensive Income $ 12,003 $ 7,575 $ 489 11,514 — 498 7,077 — 11,514 $ 7,077 $ 11,514 $ 7,077 $ 489 753 — — 12,756 $ 7,077 $ 8,977 1,128 7,849 3,935 11,784 7,849 — 1,390 9,239 11,030,984 10,308,738 8,212,021 489,625 837,500 363,894 — — 131,490 — 1,837,500 19,212 12,722,003 10,440,228 10,068,733 1.04 $ — $ 1.04 1.00 $ $ — $ 1.00 $ 0.69 $ — $ 0.69 0.68 $ $ — $ 0.68 $ 0.96 0.48 1.44 0.92 0.39 1.31 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and minimum pension liability, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. In 2018, the Company was required to perform a reclassification from AOCI to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Reform Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. As discussed previously, the Tax Reform Act included a reduction to the corporate income tax rate from 34 percent to 21 percent effective January 1, 2018. The amount of the reclassification is the difference between the historical corporate income tax rate and the newly enacted 21 percent corporate income tax rate, which resulted in a decrease of $646 thousand. 70 Table of Contents Marketing Costs Marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Marketing expense was $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Transfers of Financial Assets Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. Reclassifications Certain amounts in the 2017 and 2016 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2018 financial statement presentation. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This update requires a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Reform Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Reform Act included a reduction to the corporate income tax rate from 34 percent to 21 percent effective January 1, 2018. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2018-02 during the first quarter of 2018 and elected to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act from AOCI to retained earnings. The amount of the reclassification is the difference between the historical corporate income tax rate and the newly enacted 21 percent corporate income tax rate, which amounted to $646 thousand. In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which amends the existing hedge accounting model and expands an entity’s ability to hedge nonfinancial and financial risk components and reduce complexity in fair value hedges of interest-rate risk. The ASU eliminates the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and generally requires the entire change in the fair value of a hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the hedged item. The ASU also changes certain documentation and assessment requirements and modifies the accounting for components excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. This ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is early adopting this ASU in accordance with paragraph ASC 815-20-65-3 subpart C. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and consolidated financial statements. However, by early adopting, the Company is now able to pursue additional hedging strategies as described above, including the ability to apply fair value hedge accounting to a specified pool of assets by excluding the portion of the hedged items related to prepayments, defaults and other events. This will allow the Company to better align its accounting and the financial reporting of its hedging activities with their economic objectives thereby reducing the earnings volatility resulting from these hedging activities. In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables–Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. This ASU amends guidance on the amortization period of premiums on certain purchased callable debt securities. Specifically, the amendments shorten the amortization period of premiums on certain purchased callable debt securities to the earliest call date. The amendments affect all entities that hold investments in callable debt securities that have an amortized cost basis in excess of the amount that is repayable by the issuer at the earliest call date (that is, at a premium). For public companies, this update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including all interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements, as it is our current policy to amortize premiums of investment securities to the earliest call date. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), currently requires an entity that has not elected the private company alternative for goodwill to perform a two-step test to determine the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment. In Step 1, an entity compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the entity performs Step 2 and compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of 71 Table of Contents that goodwill for that reporting unit. An impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill for the reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill is recorded, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. To address concerns over the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test, the amendments in this update remove the second step of the test. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. For public companies, this update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including all interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The new guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. Purchased credit impaired loans will receive an allowance account at the acquisition date that represents a component of the purchase price allocation. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with such allowance limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has formed an implementation team led by the CFO, that also includes other lines of business and functions within the Company. The Company has also engaged a third party to assist with a data gap analysis and will utilize the data to determine the impact of the pronouncement. Additionally, the Company has researched and acquired software to assist in the development of models that can meet the requirements of the new guidance. While this standard may potentially have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, we are still in the process of completing our evaluation. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Among other things, in the amendments in ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: (1) A lease liability, which is a lessee‘s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) A right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2016-02 initially required transition using a modified retrospective approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) - Targeted Improvements, which, among other things, provides an additional transition method that would allow entities to not apply the guidance in ASU 2016-02 in the comparative periods presented in the financial statements and instead recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. In December 2018, the FASB also issued ASU 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842) - Narrow Scope Improvements, for Lessors which provides certain policy elections and changes lessor accounting for sales and similar taxes and certain lessor costs. Upon the adoption of ASU 2016-02, ASU 2018-11, and ASU 2018-20 on January 1, 2019, the Company expects to recognize right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities ranging from $12.0 million to $13.0 million and $15.0 million to $16.0 million, respectively. The Company expects to elect to apply certain practical expedients provided under ASU 2016-02 whereby the Company will not reassess (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company also does not expect to apply the recognition requirements of ASU 2016-02 to any short-term leases (as defined by related accounting guidance). The Company also expects to account for lease and non-lease components separately because such amounts are readily determinable under our lease contracts and because the Company expects this election will result in a lower impact on our balance sheet. The Company expects to utilize the modified-retrospective transition approach prescribed by ASU 2018-11. In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Accounting for Financial Instruments - Overall: Classification and Measurement (Subtopic 825-10). Amendments within ASU 2016-01 that relate to non-public entities have been excluded from this presentation. The amendments in this ASU 2016-01 address the following: 1) require equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; 2) simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily-determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; 3) eliminate the requirement to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; 4) require entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; 5) require separate presentation in other comprehensive income for the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; 6) require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the 72 Table of Contents balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and 7) clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In accordance with 5) above, the Company measures fair value of its loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using an exit price notion. See Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new revenue pronouncement creates a single source of revenue guidance for all companies in all industries and is more principles-based than current revenue guidance. The pronouncement provides a five-step model for a company to recognize revenue when it transfers control of goods or services to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The five steps are, (1) identify the contract with the customer, (2) identify the separate performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the separate performance obligations and (5) recognize revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. The Company evaluated the impact of this standard on individual customer contracts, while management evaluated the impact of this standard on the broad categories of its customer contracts and revenue streams. The Company determined that this standard did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements because revenue related to financial instruments, including loans and investment securities are not in scope of these updates. Loan interest income, investment interest income, insurance services revenue and BOLI are accounted for under other U.S. GAAP standards and out of scope of ASC 606 revenue standard. The Company also completed an evaluation of certain costs related to customer contracts and revenue streams to determine whether such costs should be presented as expenses or contra-revenue (i.e., gross versus net). Based on the evaluation, the Company determined that the classification of certain debit and credit card related costs should change (i.e., costs previously recorded as expense are now recorded as contra-revenue). This classification change resulted in immaterial changes to both revenue and expense. The Company adopted the revenue recognition standard and its related amendments as of January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective approach. Since there was no net income impact upon adoption of the new guidance, a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary. Consistent with the modified retrospective approach, the Company did not adjust prior period amounts for the debit and credit card related cost reclassifications noted above. NOTE 2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES There were no held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2018 or December 31, 2017. Amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2018 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) U. S. Agency securities U.S. Sponsored Mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Total debt securities Other securities Amortized Cost Unrealized Gain Unrealized Loss Fair Value $ 79,041 $ 52,154 84,747 215,942 10,308 14 — 206 220 68 $ (1,625) $ (2,039) (1,192) (4,856) (68) 77,430 50,115 83,761 211,306 10,308 Total investment securities available-for-sale $ 226,250 $ 288 $ (4,924) $ 221,614 Amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2017 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) U. S. Agency securities U.S. Sponsored Mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Total debt securities Equity and other securities Amortized Cost Unrealized Gain Unrealized Loss Fair Value $ 81,705 $ 59,387 74,482 215,574 15,940 81 31 1,733 1,845 644 $ (841) $ (1,264) (373) (2,478) (18) 80,945 58,154 75,842 214,941 16,566 Total investment securities available-for-sale $ 231,514 $ 2,489 $ (2,496) $ 231,507 73 Table of Contents The following table summarizes amortized cost and fair values of debt securities by maturity: (Dollars in thousands) Within one year After one year, but within five After five years, but within ten After ten years Total December 31, 2018 Available for sale Amortized Cost Fair Value $ $ 11,066 $ 37,332 26,778 140,766 215,942 $ 11,260 36,593 26,045 137,408 211,306 Investment securities with a carrying value of $50.4 million and $113.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, repurchase agreements and potential borrowings at the Federal Reserve discount window. The Company’s investment portfolio includes securities that are in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2018, the details of which are included in the following table. Although these securities, if sold at December 31, 2018 would result in a pretax loss of $4.9 million, the Company has no intent to sell the applicable securities at such fair values, and maintains the Company has the ability to hold these securities until all principal has been recovered. It is more likely than not that the Company will not sell any securities at a loss for liquidity purposes. Declines in the fair values of these securities can be traced to general market conditions which reflect the prospect for the economy as a whole. When determining other-than-temporary impairment on securities, the Company considers such factors as adverse conditions specifically related to a certain security or to specific conditions in an industry or geographic area, the time frame securities have been in an unrealized loss position, the Company’s ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery in value, whether or not the security has been downgraded by a rating agency, and whether or not the financial condition of the security issuer has severely deteriorated. As of December 31, 2018, the Company considers all securities with unrealized loss positions to be temporarily impaired, and consequently, does not believe the Company will sustain any material realized losses as a result of the current temporary decline in fair value. The following table discloses investments in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Description and number of positions U.S. Agency securities (54) U.S. Sponsored Mortgage-backed securities (42) Municipal securities (78) Other securities (2) Less than 12 months 12 months or more Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss $ $ $ 9,762 $ (123) $ 63,740 $ 2,360 5,936 2,452 20,510 $ $ (32) (46) (48) $ 47,755 35,955 1,018 (249) $ 148,468 $ $ (1,502) (2,007) (1,146) (20) (4,675) The following table discloses investments in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017: (Dollars in thousands) Description and number of positions U.S. Agency securities (45) U.S. Sponsored Mortgage-backed securities (39) Municipal securities (47) Equity and other securities (2) Less than 12 months 12 months or more Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss $ 61,834 $ (659) $ 7,709 $ 16,825 8,826 1,034 (159) (48) (18) 37,427 16,781 — (182) (1,105) (325) — $ 88,519 $ (884) $ 61,917 $ (1,612) 74 Table of Contents The Company sold investments available-for-sale of $2.7 million, $53.2 million and $55.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These sales resulted in gross gains of $353 thousand, $1.1 million and $1.1 million and gross losses of $26 thousand, $372 thousand, and $2 thousand in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company sold no held-to-maturity investments during the years of 2018, 2017, or 2016. NOTE 3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES The Company routinely generates 1-4 family mortgages for sale into the secondary market. During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized sales proceeds of $1.2 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion, resulting in mortgage fee income of $32.3 million, $37.1 million and $35.7 million, respectively. The components of loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Home Equity Consumer Total Loans Deferred loan origination (fees) and costs, net Loans receivable 2018 2017 $ 941,033 $ 294,929 59,015 9,605 783,909 246,214 62,400 12,783 1,304,582 1,105,306 (216) 635 $ 1,304,366 $ 1,105,941 The following table summarizes the primary segments of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2018 and 2017: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total Loans December 31, 2017 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total Loans Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total $ $ $ $ 9,734 931,299 941,033 13,796 770,113 783,909 $ $ $ $ 2,831 292,098 294,929 1,569 244,645 246,214 $ $ $ $ 123 58,892 59,015 13 62,387 62,400 $ $ $ $ 90 9,515 9,605 178 12,605 12,783 $ $ $ $ 12,778 1,291,804 1,304,582 15,556 1,089,750 1,105,306 Loans are considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in evaluating impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The Company also separately evaluates individual consumer loans for impairment. The Chief Credit Officer identifies these loans individually by monitoring the delinquency status of the Bank’s portfolio. Once identified, the Bank’s ongoing communications with the borrower allow Management to evaluate the significance of the payment delays and the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower. Once the determination has been made that a loan is impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured using one of three valuation methods: (a) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (b) the loan’s observable market price; or (c) the fair value of the collateral less selling costs. The method is selected on a loan-by-loan basis, with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method. The evaluation of the need and amount of a specific allocation of the allowance and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis. 75 Table of Contents The following table presents impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of December 31, 2018 and 2017: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 Commercial Commercial Business Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Impaired Loans with Specific Allowance Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance Total Impaired Loans Recorded Investment Related Allowance Recorded Investment Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance $ 4,885 $ 1,842 — 6,727 — — — $ 668 375 — 1,043 — — — 387 396 2,224 3,007 2,831 123 90 $ 5,272 $ 2,238 2,224 9,734 2,831 123 90 5,292 2,300 3,601 11,193 2,882 123 316 Total Impaired Loans $ 6,727 $ 1,043 $ 6,051 $ 12,778 $ 14,514 December 31, 2017 Commercial Commercial Business Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer $ 3,283 $ 22 $ 979 $ 4,262 $ 4,603 — 7,886 — — 69 1,150 — 1,172 — — 16 2,814 2,117 5,910 1,569 13 109 7,417 2,117 13,796 1,569 13 178 4,275 7,921 4,090 16,286 1,601 13 475 Total Impaired Loans $ 7,955 $ 1,188 $ 7,601 $ 15,556 $ 18,375 Impaired loans have decreased by $2.8 million, or 17.9%, during 2018, due to multiple factors including increases due to the identification of $5.6 million of recently impaired loans, the sale of three impaired commercial loans totaling $5.4 million, principal curtailments of $738 thousand, partial charge-offs of $708 thousand, foreclosure and reclassification to other real estate owned of $720 thousand, reclassification of $620 thousand of previously reported impaired loans to performing loans, and normal loan amortization of $153 thousand. The $5.6 million total of recently identified impaired loans includes $3.7 million, or 66.1%, of commercial loans, $1.6 million, or 28.6%, of residential mortgage loans, and $213 thousand, or 5.3%, of consumer loans. The commercial loans are primarily concentrated in two relationships, including a $1.8 million note secured by a stalled real estate development project, and two notes totaling $1.4 million secured by a struggling automotive dealership. These three loans represent 86.5% of the recently impaired commercial loans, while the remaining $500 thousand represent six additional commercial loans ranging from $11 thousand to $152 thousand in outstanding balances. The $5.4 million total of sold impaired loans includes three loans in two commercial relationships, including a $3.4 million purchased participation note secured by a senior healthcare facility, a $1.1 million commercial real estate loan, net of a $579 thousand sold participation, secured by a retail strip center, and a $874 thousand development loan secured by a developed commercial pad site adjacent to the retail strip center. The healthcare loan was purchased by another investor with significant resources in the healthcare industry, while the retail and development loans were purchased by an investor with personal ties to the project. 76 Table of Contents The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized for the years ended: December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized on Accrual Basis Interest Income Recognized on Cash Basis Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized on Accrual Basis Interest Income Recognized on Cash Basis Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized on Accrual Basis Interest Income Recognized on Cash Basis $ 4,052 $ 51 $ 106 $ 3,718 $ 155 $ 113 $ 4,027 $ 155 $ 6,416 1,367 11,835 2,569 100 149 159 106 316 20 2 — 94 8 208 14 1 — 3,199 3,429 10,346 1,424 538 187 100 9 264 13 1 — 98 13 3,590 3,983 224 11,600 53 1 — 928 50 245 100 9 264 20 1 — 104 75 112 291 28 1 — $ 14,653 $ 338 $ 223 $ 12,495 $ 278 $ 278 $ 12,823 $ 285 $ 320 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Commercial Business Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total As of December 31, 2018, the Bank held thirteen foreclosed residential real estate properties representing $914 thousand, or 43%, of the total balance of other real estate owned. These properties are held as a result of the foreclosures of primarily two commercial loan relationships, one of which included four properties for a total of $395 thousand, while the other included seven properties for a total of $174 thousand. The two remaining properties, totaling $345 thousand, were result of the foreclosure of two unrelated borrowers. There are three additional consumer mortgage loans and one installment loan collateralized by residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The total recorded investment in these loans was $1.5 million as of December 31, 2018. These loans are included in the table above and have a total of $0 in specific allowance allocated to them. Bank management uses a nine point internal risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The first six categories are considered not criticized, and are aggregated as “Pass” rated. The criticized rating categories utilized by management generally follow bank regulatory definitions. The Special Mention category includes assets that are currently protected but are potentially weak, resulting in an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a Substandard classification. Loans in the Substandard category have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt, and have a distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the weaknesses are not corrected. Any portion of a loan that has been or is expected to be charged off is placed in the Loss category. To help ensure that risk ratings are accurate and reflect the present and future capacity of borrowers to repay a loan as agreed, the Bank has a structured loan rating process with several layers of internal and external oversight. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as past due status, bankruptcy, repossession, or death occurs to raise awareness of a possible credit event. The Bank’s Chief Credit Officer is responsible for the timely and accurate risk rating of the loans in the portfolio at origination and on an ongoing basis. The Credit Department ensures that a review of all commercial relationships of one million dollars or greater is performed annually. Review of the appropriate risk grade is included in both the internal and external loan review process, and on an ongoing basis. The Bank has an experienced Credit Department that continually reviews and assesses loans within the portfolio. The Bank engages an external consultant to conduct independent loan reviews on at least an annual basis. Generally, the external consultant reviews larger commercial relationships or criticized relationships. The Bank’s Credit Department compiles detailed reviews, including plans for resolution, on loans classified as Substandard on a quarterly basis. Loans in the Special Mention and Substandard categories that are collectively evaluated for impairment are given separate consideration in the determination of the allowance. 77 Table of Contents The following table represents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate Pass and the criticized categories of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2018 and 2017: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 Commercial Commercial Business Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total Loans December 31, 2017 Commercial Commercial Business Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total Loans Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ 432,589 $ 5,290 $ 5,652 $ — $ 443,531 371,309 118,754 922,652 290,602 58,100 9,359 2,071 179 7,540 2,608 876 164 2,181 2,879 10,712 1,600 39 19 — 129 129 119 — 63 375,561 121,941 941,033 294,929 59,015 9,605 $ 1,280,713 $ 11,188 $ 12,370 $ 311 $ 1,304,582 $ 371,041 $ 4,816 $ 4,506 $ — $ 380,363 271,751 96,712 739,504 242,823 61,037 12,453 22,995 931 28,742 3,036 1,311 174 5,961 2,230 12,697 223 52 25 1,149 1,817 2,966 132 — 131 301,856 101,690 783,909 246,214 62,400 12,783 $ 1,055,817 $ 33,263 $ 12,997 $ 3,229 $ 1,105,306 Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due. A loan that has deteriorated and requires additional collection efforts by the Bank could warrant non-accrual status. A thorough review is presented to the Chief Credit Officer and/or the Management Loan Committee (“MLC”), as required with respect to any loan which is in a collection process and to make a determination as to whether the loan should be placed on non-accrual status. The placement of loans on non-accrual status is subject to applicable regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Generally, loans should be placed in non-accrual status when the loan reaches 90 days past due, when it becomes likely the borrower cannot or will not make scheduled principal or interest payments, when full repayment of principal and interest is not expected, or when the loan displays potential loss characteristics. Normally, all accrued interest is charged off when a loan is placed in non-accrual status, unless Management believes it is likely the accrued interest will be collected. Any payments subsequently received are applied to principal. To remove a loan from non-accrual status, all principal and interest due must be paid up to date and the Bank is reasonably sure of future satisfactory payment performance. Usually, this requires a six-month recent history of payments due. Removal of a loan from non-accrual status will require the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and or MLC. 78 Table of Contents The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 Commercial Current 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total Past Due Total Loans Non- Accrual 90+ Days Still Accruing Commercial Business $ 432,097 $ 6,380 $ 1,746 $ 3,308 $ 11,434 $ 443,531 $ 3,684 $ Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer 374,880 121,644 928,621 291,665 58,575 9,485 681 — 7,061 1,000 400 28 — — 1,746 760 40 10 — 297 3,605 1,504 — 82 681 297 12,412 3,264 440 120 375,561 121,941 941,033 294,929 59,015 9,605 385 426 4,495 2,442 84 82 Total Loans $ 1,288,346 $ 8,489 $ 2,556 $ 5,191 $ 16,236 $ 1,304,582 $ 7,103 $ December 31, 2017 Commercial Commercial Business $ 377,901 $ 512 $ 1,368 $ Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer 300,282 99,573 777,756 243,177 61,907 12,634 45 — 557 1,879 240 11 1,149 874 3,391 707 240 — 582 380 1,243 2,205 451 13 138 $ 2,462 $ 380,363 $ 1,027 $ 1,574 2,117 6,153 3,037 493 149 301,856 101,690 783,909 246,214 62,400 12,783 5,206 2,117 8,350 1,157 13 179 Total Loans $ 1,095,474 $ 2,687 $ 4,338 $ 2,807 $ 9,832 $ 1,105,306 $ 9,699 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — An allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is maintained to absorb losses from the loan portfolio. The ALL is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the risk characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience, and the amount of non-performing loans. Interest income on loans would have increased by approximately $771 thousand, $423 thousand, and $396 thousand for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, if loans had performed in accordance with their terms. The Bank’s methodology for determining the ALL is based on the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans individually evaluated for impairment (discussed above) and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, as well as the Interagency Policy Statements on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and other bank regulatory guidance. The total of the two components represents the Bank’s ALL. As of the quarter ended September 30, 2017, the Bank adjusted its methodology to allow for the analysis of certain impaired loans in homogeneous pools, rather than on an individual basis, when those loans are below specific thresholds based on outstanding principal balance. More specifically, residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, and consumer loans, when considered impaired, are evaluated collectively for impairment by applying allocation rates derived from the Bank’s historical losses specific to impaired loans and the reserve totaled $204 thousand and $169 thousand as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment are analyzed with general allowances being made as appropriate. For general allowances, historical loss trends are used in the estimation of losses in the current portfolio. These historical loss amounts are modified by qualified factors. The segments described above, which are based on the Federal call code assigned to each loan, provide the starting point for the ALL analysis. Company and Bank management track the historical net charge-off activity at the call code level. A historical charge- off factor is calculated utilizing a defined number of consecutive historical quarters. All pools currently utilize a rolling 12 quarters. “Pass” rated credits are segregated from “Criticized” credits for the application of qualitative factors. Loans in the criticized pools, which possess certain qualities or characteristics that may lead to collection and loss issues, are closely monitored by management and subject to additional qualitative factors. 79 Table of Contents Company and Bank management have identified a number of additional qualitative factors which it uses to supplement the historical charge-off factor because these factors are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing loan pools to differ from historical loss experience. The additional factors that are evaluated quarterly and updated using information obtained from internal, regulatory, and governmental sources are: lending policies and procedures, nature and volume of the portfolio, experience and ability of lending management and staff, volume and severity of problem credits, conclusion of loan reviews, audits, and exams, changes in the value of underlying collateral, effect of concentrations of credit from a loan type, industry and/or geographic standpoint, changes in economic and business conditions, consumer sentiment, and other external factors. The combination of historical charge- off and qualitative factors are then weighted for each risk grade. These weightings are determined internally based upon the likelihood of loss as a loan risk grading deteriorates. To estimate the liability for off-balance sheet credit exposures, Bank management analyzed the portfolios of letters of credit, non- revolving lines of credit, and revolving lines of credit, and based its calculation on the expectation of future advances of each loan category. Letters of credit were determined to be highly unlikely to advance since they are generally in place only to ensure various forms of performance of the borrowers. In the Bank’s history, there have been no letters of credit drawn upon. In addition, many of the letters of credit are cash secured and do not warrant an allocation. Non-revolving lines of credit were determined to be highly likely to advance as these are typically construction lines. Meanwhile, the likelihood of revolving lines of credit advancing varies with each individual borrower. Therefore, the future usage of each line was estimated based on the average line utilization of the revolving line of credit portfolio as a whole. Once the estimated future advances were calculated, an allocation rate, which was derived from the Bank’s historical losses and qualitative environmental factors, was applied in the similar manner as those used for the allowance for loan loss calculation. The resulting estimated loss allocations were totaled to determine the liability for unfunded commitments related to these loans, which Management considers necessary to anticipate potential losses on those commitments that have a reasonable probability of funding. The liability for unfunded commitments was $284 thousand as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Bank management reviews the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using a defined, consistently applied process in order to make appropriate and timely adjustments to the ALL. When information confirms all or part of specific loans to be uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged off against the ALL. The following tables summarize the primary segments of the ALL, segregated into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. Activity in the allowance is presented for the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total ALL balance at December 31, 2017 $ 7,804 $ 1,119 $ 705 $ 250 $ Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2018 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment (1,024) 15 1,810 8,605 1,043 7,562 $ $ $ $ $ $ (166) 22 430 1,405 $ — $ 1,405 $ — 59 (80) 684 $ — $ 684 $ 9,878 (1,480) 101 2,440 (290) 5 280 245 $ 10,939 — $ 245 $ 1,043 9,896 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total ALL balance at December 31, 2016 $ 7,181 $ 990 $ 728 $ 202 $ Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2017 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment (1,138) 39 1,722 7,804 1,172 6,632 $ $ $ (141) 40 230 1,119 $ — $ 1,119 $ (109) (109) 4 82 705 $ — $ 705 $ 18 139 250 16 234 $ $ $ $ $ $ 80 9,101 (1,497) 101 2,173 9,878 1,188 8,690 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total ALL balance at December 31, 2015 $ 6,066 $ 1,095 $ 715 $ 130 $ Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2016 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment (1,995) (124) (100) (338) 8 3,102 7,181 376 6,805 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2 17 990 122 868 $ $ $ 9 104 728 36 692 $ $ $ 1 409 202 9 193 $ $ $ 8,006 (2,557) 20 3,632 9,101 543 8,558 The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and actual losses will vary from current estimates. Management believes that the granularity of the homogeneous pools and the related historical loss ratios and other qualitative factors, as well as the consistency in the application of assumptions, result in an ALL that is representative of the risk found in the components of the portfolio at any given date. Troubled Debt Restructurings The restructuring of a loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if both (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank had specific reserve allocations for TDR’s of $1.0 million and $439 thousand, respectively. Loans considered to be troubled debt restructured loans totaled $8.0 million and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Of these totals, $4.2 million and $5.9 million, respectively, represent accruing troubled debt restructured loans and represent 33% and 38%, respectively, of total impaired loans. Meanwhile, as of December 31, 2018, $3.6 million represent three loans to two borrowers that have defaulted under the restructured terms. The largest of these loans, at $3.2 million, is a commercial loan to a company dependent of the coal industry. The other two of these loans, totaling $426 thousand, are commercial acquisition and development loans that were considered TDR’s due to extended interest only periods and/or unsatisfactory repayment structures once transitioned to principal and interest payments. These borrowers have experienced continued financial difficulty and are considered non-performing loans as of December 31, 2018. These two development loans were also considered non-performing loans as of December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, a restructured loan with an outstanding balance of $3.2 million defaulted under its modified terms. This loan is to a borrower highly dependent on the coal industry and has experienced continued financial difficulty since the loan was restructured, and as a result has not performed as agreed. There were no commitments to advance funds to any TDRs as of December 31, 2018. 81 Table of Contents The following table presents details related to loans identified as Troubled Debt Restructurings during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. New TDR’s 1 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Contracts Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Contracts 2 1 1 4 — 1 1 $ 272 $ 11 1,798 2,081 — 39 10 210 11 1,798 2,019 — 39 8 1 — — 1 — — — $ 147 $ — — 147 — — — 147 — — 147 — — — (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Commercial Business Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total 1 The pre-modification and post-modification balances represent the balances outstanding immediately before and after modification of the loan. 2,066 2,130 147 147 $ 6 $ $ $ 1 NOTE 4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment at December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Land Buildings and improvements Furniture, fixtures and equipment Construction in progress Leasehold improvements Accumulated depreciation Net premises and equipment 2018 2017 $ 3,934 $ 17,235 14,293 2,642 1,670 39,774 (13,229) $ 26,545 $ 3,901 17,358 14,864 855 1,530 38,508 (11,822) 26,686 In December 2017, the Bank closed and sold the land, building and certain furniture and equipment items from a branch located at 704 Foxcroft Avenue, Martinsburg, WV for a gain on sale of fixed assets of $343 thousand, which is included in other operating income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Depreciation expense amounted to $2.8 million, $2.6 million and $2.0 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 82 Table of Contents NOTE 5. DEPOSITS Deposits at December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations Noninterest bearing demand Interest bearing demand Savings and money markets Time deposits including CDs and IRAs Total deposits Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit Maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2018 were as follows (Dollars in thousands): 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 2018 2017 213,597 $ 376,398 317,697 401,462 125,963 436,303 284,795 312,519 1,309,154 $ 1,159,580 15,280 $ 18,832 266,714 84,919 13,451 24,256 12,122 401,462 $ $ $ $ $ NOTE 6. BORROWED FUNDS The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The remaining maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2018 was approximately $97.9 million. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 the Bank had borrowed $214.9 million and $152.2 million. As of December 31, 2018, our maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $465.3 million. Short-term borrowings Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to short-term borrowings from FHLB to fund its operations and investments. Short-term borrowings from FHLB totaled $212.4 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $149.6 million at year-end 2017. Information related to short-term borrowings is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 Repurchase agreements 2018 2017 2016 $ 212,395 $ 149,596 $ 171,117 264,297 2.27% 2.62% 100,969 220,097 1.16% 1.61% 87,733 137,822 210,600 0.51% 0.74% Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to securities sold under agreements to repurchase “repurchase agreements” with customers represent funds deposited by customers, on an overnight basis, that are collateralized by investment securities owned by the Company. Repurchase agreements with customers are presented as an individual line item on the consolidated balance sheets. All repurchase agreements are subject to terms and conditions of repurchase/security agreements between the Company and the client and are accounted for as secured borrowings. The Company’s repurchase agreements reflected in liabilities consist of customer accounts and securities which are pledged on an individual security basis. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a monthly basis. Repurchase agreements are reflected at the 83 Table of Contents amount of cash received in connection with the transaction and included in securities sold under agreements to repurchase on the consolidated balance sheets. The primary risk with our repurchase agreements is market risk associated with the investments securing the transactions, as we may be required to provide additional collateral based on fair value changes of the underlying investments. Securities pledged as collateral under repurchase agreements are maintained with our safekeeping agents. All of the Company’s repurchase agreements were overnight agreements at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. These borrowings were collateralized with investment securities with a carrying value of $31.4 million and $23.1 million at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and were comprised of U.S. Government Agencies and Mortgage backed securities. Declines in the value of the collateral would require the Company to increase the amounts of securities pledged. Repurchase agreements totaled $14.9 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $22.4 million in 2017. Information related to repurchase agreements is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 $ 2018 2017 2016 $ 14,925 18,536 20,903 0.30% 0.16% $ 22,403 25,160 25,972 0.30% 0.34% 25,160 27,066 29,561 0.27% 0.28% Long-term notes from the FHLB as of December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Fixed interest rate notes, originating between October 2006 and April 2007, due between October 2021 and April 2022, interest of between 5.18% and 5.20% payable monthly Amortizing fixed interest rate note, originating February 2007, due February 2022, payable in monthly installments of $5 thousand, including interest of 5.22% 2018 2017 $ $ 1,741 $ 751 2,492 $ 1,798 775 2,573 Subordinated Debt Information related to subordinated debt is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 $ 2018 2017 2016 $ 17,524 25,774 33,524 6.81% 6.57% $ 33,524 33,524 33,524 6.69% 6.70% 33,524 33,524 33,524 6.64% 6.63% In March 2007, the Company completed the private placement of $4 million Floating Rate, Trust Preferred Securities through its MVB Financial Statutory Trust I subsidiary (the “Trust”). The Company established the Trust for the sole purpose of issuing the Trust Preferred Securities pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. The proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities will be loaned to the Company under subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) issued to the Trust pursuant to an Indenture. The Debentures are the only asset of the Trust. The Trust Preferred Securities have been issued to a pooling vehicle that will use the distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities to securitize note obligations. The securities issued by the Trust are includable for regulatory purposes as a component of the Company’s Tier 1 capital. The Trust Preferred Securities and the Debentures mature in 2037 and have been redeemable by the Company since 2012. Interest payments are due in March, June, September and December and are adjusted at the interest due dates at a rate of 1.62% over the three-month LIBOR Rate. The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trust’s obligations with respect to the trust preferred securities to the extent set forth in the related guarantees. 84 Table of Contents On June 30, 2014, the Company issued its Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes Due 2024 (the “Notes”) to various investors in the aggregate principal amount of $29,400,000. The Notes were issued in $100,000 increments per Note subject to a minimum investment of $1,000,000. The Notes expire 10 years after the initial issuance date of the Notes (the “Maturity Date”). Interest on the Notes accrues on the unpaid principal amount of each Note (paid quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year) which rate shall be dependent upon the principal invested in the Notes and the holder’s ownership of common stock in the Company. For investments of less than $3,000,000 in Notes, an ownership of Company common stock representing at least 30% of the principal of the Notes acquired, the interest rate on the Notes is 7% per annum. For investments of $3,000,000 or greater in Notes and ownership of the Company’s common stock representing at least 30% of the principal of the Notes acquired, the interest rate on the Notes is 7.5% per annum. For investments of $10,000,000 or greater, the interest rate on the Notes is 7% per annum, regardless of whether the holder owns or acquires MVB common stock. The principal on the Notes shall be paid in full at the Maturity Date. On the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Notes, a holder may elect to continue to receive the stated fixed rate on the Notes or a floating rate determined by LIBOR plus 5% up to a maximum rate of 9%, adjusted quarterly. The Notes are unsecured and subject to the terms and conditions of any senior debt and after consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Company may, after the Notes have been outstanding for five years, and without premium or penalty, prepay all or a portion of the unpaid principal amount of any Note together with the unpaid interest accrued on such portion of the principal amount of such Note. All such prepayments shall be made pro rata among the holders of all outstanding Notes. At the election of a holder, any or all of the Notes may be converted into shares of common stock during the 30 day period after the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth anniversaries of the issuance of the Notes or upon a notice to prepay by the Company. On December 28, 2017, the Company distributed notices to the holders of the Notes that provide that the Company has elected to waive the timing requirements associated with when a conversion may occur and, instead, the Company will accept notices of conversion at any time prior to July 1, 2019, which is the final conversion date for the Notes. The Notes will convert into common stock based on $16 per share of the Company’s common stock. The conversion price will be subject to anti-dilution adjustments for certain events such as stock splits, reclassifications, non-cash distributions, extraordinary cash dividends, pro rata repurchases of common stock, and business combination transactions. The Company must give 20 days’ notice to the holders of the Company’s intent to prepay the Notes, so that holders may execute the conversion right set forth above if a holder so desires. Repayment of the Notes is subordinated to the Company’s outstanding senior debt including (if any) without limitation, senior secured loans. No payment will be made by the Company, directly or indirectly, on the Notes, unless and until all of the senior debt then due has been paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as there exists no event of default under any senior debt, the Company would make, and a holder would receive and retain for the holder’s account, regularly scheduled payments of accrued interest and principal pursuant to the terms of the Notes. The Company must obtain a consent of the holders of the Notes prior to issuing any new senior debt in excess of $15,000,000 after the date of issuance of the Notes and prior to the Maturity Date. An event of default will occur upon the Company’s bankruptcy or any failure to pay interest, principal, or other amounts owing on the Notes when due. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default (but subject to the subordination provisions of the Notes) the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes due and payable and demand immediate payment of such amount. The Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed on any interest payment date after a date five years from the original issue date. The Company reflects subordinated debt in the amount of $17.5 million and $33.5 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and interest expense of $1.8 million, $2.2 million, and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2018, $16.0 million of subordinated debt was converted into common stock, which resulted in the issuance of 1,000,000 new shares and will provide an annual interest expense savings of $1.1 million. 85 Table of Contents A summary of maturities of borrowings and subordinated debt over the next five years is as follows (dollars in thousands): Year 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Amount 212,480 90 886 1,431 — 17,524 232,411 $ NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES Commitments The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the statements of financial condition. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, varies and is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Company’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit. Specifically, the Bank has entered into agreements to extend credit or provide conditional payments pursuant to standby and commercial letters of credit. In addition, the Bank utilizes letters of credit issued by the FHLB to collateralize certain public funds deposits. Total contractual amounts of the commitments as of December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Available on lines of credit Stand-by letters of credit Other loan commitments Concentration of Credit Risk 2018 2017 329,229 $ 327,647 22,156 28,852 12,297 1,396 380,237 $ 341,340 $ $ The Company grants a majority of its commercial, financial, agricultural, real estate and installment loans to customers throughout the Marion, Harrison, Monongalia, Kanawha, Jefferson and Berkeley County areas of West Virginia as well as the Northern Virginia area and adjacent counties. Collateral for loans is primarily residential and commercial real estate, personal property, and business 86 Table of Contents equipment. The Company evaluates the credit worthiness of each of its customers on a case-by-case basis, and the amount of collateral it obtains is based upon management’s credit evaluation. Regulatory The Company is required to maintain certain reserve balances on hand in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board requirements. The average balance maintained in accordance with such requirements was $0 on December 31, 2018 and 2017. Contingent Liability The subsidiary bank is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management and counsel, the outcome of these matters will not have a significant adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements. NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES The amount reflected as income taxes represents federal and state income taxes on financial statement income. Certain items of income and expense, primarily the provision for possible loan losses, allowance for losses on foreclosed assets held for resale, depreciation, and accretion of discounts on investment securities are reported in different accounting periods for income tax purposes. The provisions for income taxes for the years ended December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 2016 Current: Federal State Deferred expense Federal State Income tax expense $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,203 1,031 3,234 117 22 139 $ $ $ 2,635 771 3,406 1,268 81 1,349 3,373 $ 4,755 $ 4,885 1,197 6,082 665 42 707 6,789 Income tax expense for 2017 was impacted by the adjustment of the Company’s deferred tax asset related to the reduction in U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to 21% under the Tax Reform Act, which was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The Company was required to revalue its net deferred tax asset to this lower rate, resulting in an income tax charge of $646 thousand. Following is a reconciliation of income taxes at federal statutory rates to recorded income taxes for the year ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands) Tax at Federal tax rate Tax effect of: State income tax Tax exempt earnings Impact of deferred tax rate change $ $ $ 2018 2017 2016 Amount % Amount % Amount % 3,229 21 % $ 4,369 34 % $ 6,689 34 % 738 (594) — 3,373 4.8 % (3.9)% — % $ 21.9 % $ 771 (1,031) 646 4,755 6.0 % (6.4)% 5.0 % $ 38.6 % $ 1,197 (1,097) — 6,789 6.0 % (5.5)% — % 34.5 % Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the result of timing differences in recognition of revenue and expense for income tax and financial statement purposes. As a result of the Tax Reform Act signed into law on December 22, 2017, deferred taxes as of December 31, 2017 are based on the newly enacted U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 21%. Deferred taxes as of December 31, 2016 are based on the previously enacted U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 34%. 87 Table of Contents Deferred income tax assets and (liabilities) were comprised of the following at December 31: (Dollars in thousands) Allowance for loan losses Minimum pension liability Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale Other Gross deferred tax assets Depreciation Pension Goodwill Gross deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset 2018 2017 $ 3,084 $ 1,266 1,252 1 5,603 (1,143) (138) (1,827) (3,108) 2,798 1,342 2 — 4,142 (1,137) (21) (1,523) (2,681) $ 2,495 $ 1,461 No deferred income tax valuation allowance is provided since it is more likely than not that realization of the deferred income tax asset will occur in future years. Among other things, the new tax law (i) establishes a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, (ii) eliminates the corporate alternative minimum tax and allows the use of any such carryforwards to offset regular tax liability for any taxable year, (iii) limits the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations, (iv) allows businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets, (v) eliminates or reduces certain deductions related to meals and entertainment expenses, (vi) modifies the limitation on excessive employee remuneration to eliminate the exception for performance-based compensation and clarifies the definition of a covered employee and (vii) limits the deductibility of deposit insurance premiums. As stated above, as a result of the enactment of the Tax Reform Act on December 22, 2017, the Company remeasured its net deferred tax asset based upon the newly enacted U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, which is the tax rate at which this asset is expected to reverse in the future. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is still analyzing certain aspects of the new law and refining its calculations, which could affect the measurement of these assets and liabilities or give rise to new deferred tax amounts. Nonetheless, the Company recognized an income tax charge of $646 thousand in 2017. The remeasurement of the deferred tax asset related to items that are charged or credited directly to AOCI was a component of 2017 income tax expense and recognized in continuing operations as required by ASC Topic 740. The Company prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely- than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. With limited exception, the Company’s federal and state income tax returns for taxable years through 2015 have been closed for purposes of examination by the federal and state taxing jurisdictions. MVB has invested, as a limited partner, in two Section 42 affordable housing investment funds. In exchange for these investments, MVB receives its pro rata share of income, expense, gains, and losses, including tax credits, that are received by the projects. As of December 31, 2018, MVB has recognized, as an investment, $3.6 million in the aggregate between the two affordable housing investment funds. In addition, MVB has recognized no gains or losses from the two affordable housing investment funds. 88 Table of Contents NOTE 9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Company has granted loans to officers and directors of the Company and to their associates as well as loans to related companies. These related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability. Set forth below is a summary of the related loan activity. (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 Balance at Beginning of Year Borrowings Repayments Balance at End of Year 18,658 $ 50,196 — $ (44,293) $ 24,561 Executive Officer and Director Retirements $ 28,536 $ 129,947 $ (525) $ (139,300) $ 18,658 $ $ The Company held related party deposits of $24.7 million and $17.1 million at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The Company held no related party repurchase agreements at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. NOTE 10. PENSION PLAN The Company participates in a trusteed pension plan known as the Allegheny Group Retirement Plan covering virtually all full-time employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation. Accruals under the Plan were frozen as of May 31, 2014. Freezing the plan resulted in a re-measurement of the pension obligations and plan assets as of the freeze date. The pension obligation was re-measured using the discount rate based on the Citigroup Above Median Pension Discount Curve in effect on May 31, 2014 of 4.46%. On June 19, 2017, the Company and MVB Mortgage approved a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”), pursuant to which the Chief Executive Office of MVB Mortgage is entitled to receive certain supplemental nonqualified retirement benefits. The SERP took effect on December 31, 2017. If the executive completes three years of continuous employment with MVB Mortgage prior to retirement date (which shall be no earlier than the date he attains age 55) he will, upon retirement, be entitled to receive $1.8 million payable in 180 equal consecutive installments of $10 thousand. The liability is calculated by discounting the anticipated future cash flows at 4.0%. The liability accrued for this obligation was $377 thousand and $1 thousand as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Service cost was $376 thousand and $1 thousand in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Pension expense was $286 thousand, $256 thousand and $273 thousand in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 89 Table of Contents Information pertaining to the activity in the Company’s defined benefit plan, using the latest available actuarial valuations with a measurement date of December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Change in benefit obligation Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial loss Assumption changes Curtailment impact Benefits paid Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contribution Benefits paid Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status Unrecognized net actuarial loss Unrecognized prior service cost Prepaid pension cost recognized Accumulated benefit obligation 2018 2017 $ 10,058 $ 9,021 — 352 348 (1,127) — (215) 9,416 $ 5,166 $ (429) 716 (215) 5,238 $ (4,179) $ 4,687 — 508 $ — 360 95 775 — (193) 10,058 4,573 467 319 (193) 5,166 (4,892) 4,972 — 80 9,416 $ 10,058 $ $ $ $ $ $ At December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows: Discount rate Rate of compensation increase The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of prior service costs Amortization of net actuarial loss Net periodic pension cost 2018 2017 2016 4.23% N/A 3.55% N/A 4.05% N/A 2018 2017 2016 — $ — $ 352 (372) — 306 286 $ 360 (345) — 241 256 $ — 367 (330) — 236 273 $ $ For the years December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost are as follows: Discount rate Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase 90 2018 2017 2016 3.55% 6.75% N/A 4.05% 6.75% N/A 4.30% 6.75% N/A Table of Contents The Company’s pension plan asset allocations at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows: Plan Assets Cash Fixed income Alternative investments Domestic equities Foreign equities Total 12/31/2018 12/31/2017 5% 24% 17% 31% 23% 100% 9% 23% 13% 32% 23% 100% The estimated net loss for the plan that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $271 thousand. The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 18, “Fair Value Measurements” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2018. (Dollars in thousands) Level I Level II Level III Total Assets: Cash Fixed income Alternative investments Domestic equities Foreign equities Total assets at fair value $ $ 262 $ — $ — $ 1,257 — 1,624 1,205 — — — — — 890 — — 262 1,257 890 1,624 1,205 4,348 $ — $ 890 $ 5,238 The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 18, “Fair Value Measurements” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2017. (Dollars in thousands) Level I Level II Level III Total Assets: Cash Fixed income Alternative investments Domestic equities Foreign equities Total assets at fair value $ $ 465 $ — $ — $ 1,188 — 1,653 1,188 — — — — — 672 — — 465 1,188 672 1,653 1,188 4,494 $ — $ 672 $ 5,166 Investment in government securities and short-term investments are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. Alternative investments and investment in debt securities are valued at quoted prices which are available but traded less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed. The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date. 91 Table of Contents Below we show the best estimate of the plan contribution for next fiscal year. We also show the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter. (Dollars in thousands) Contributions for the period of 01/01/18 through 12/31/18 Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 through 2028 Cash Flow 360 282 307 322 330 384 2,377 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ NOTE 11. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS The table below summarizes the changes in carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles (core deposit intangibles) for the periods presented: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at January 1, 2018 Amortization expense Balance at December 31, 2018 Balance at January 1, 2017 Amortization expense Balance at December 31, 2017 Balance at January 1, 2016 Amortization expense Balance at December 31, 2016 Core Deposit Intangible Goodwill Gross Accumulated Depreciation Net $ $ $ $ $ $ 18,480 — 18,480 18,480 — 18,480 18,480 — 18,480 $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,006 — 1,006 1,006 — 1,006 1,006 — 1,006 $ $ $ $ $ $ (360) $ (96) (456) $ (262) $ (98) (360) $ (161) $ (101) (262) $ 646 (96) 550 744 (98) 646 845 (101) 744 Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets under the acquisition method of accounting. The value of the acquired core deposit relationships was determined using the present value of the difference between a market participant’s cost of obtaining alternative funds and the cost to maintain the acquired deposit base. The core deposit intangibles are being amortized over a ten-year period using an accelerated method. The table below presents estimated amortization expense for the Company’s other intangible assets (dollars in thousands): 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter $ $ 93 90 87 83 78 119 550 92 Table of Contents The Company’s assessment of qualitative factors determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and therefore, goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company has not identified any triggering events since the impairment evaluation that would indicate potential impairment. Core deposit intangibles are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a potential for impairment. Such an evaluation of other intangible assets is based on undiscounted cash flow projections. No impairment charges were recorded for other intangible assets in any of the periods presented. NOTE 12. STOCK OFFERINGS On March 13, 2017, the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with its Chief Executive Officer, Larry F. Mazza (“Mazza”). Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, Mazza committed to subscribe for and purchase, at the Subscription Price, upon expiration of the Rights Offering, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, if any, equal to the amount by which 100,000 exceeds the number of shares purchased by Mazza in the Rights Offering. Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, Mazza agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer any shares acquired in connection with the Investment Agreement for a period of six months following the closing of the Rights Offering. Larry F. Mazza purchased 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock: 90,999 under the rights offering and 9,001 shares under the Investment Agreement. On March 13, 2017, the Company filed with the SEC a prospectus supplement and accompanying base prospectus (collectively, the “Prospectus”) relating to the commencement of the Company’s rights offering (the “Rights Offering”), pursuant to which the Company distributed, at no charge, non-transferable subscription rights to the holders of its common stock as of 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on March 10, 2017. The subscription rights were exercisable for up to a total of 434,783 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to such terms and conditions as further described in the Prospectus. On April 20, 2017, the Company announced the completion of the rights offering, which expired at 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on April 14, 2017. All 434,783 shares offered in the rights offering were subscribed for, resulting in new capital of approximately $5.0 million. Computershare, who served as subscription agent, completed its review and tabulation of subscriptions on April 19, 2017. Computershare issued the shares acquired in the rights offering by book entry in the Company’s stock ownership records, which are maintained by Computershare, as transfer agent, on or about April 20, 2017. On December 5, 2016, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreements with certain accredited investors. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreements, the Investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 1,913,044 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, at a price of $11.50 per share, as part of a private placement (the “Private Placement”). The Private Placement closed on December 6, 2016. The gross proceeds to the Company from the Private Placement were approximately $22 million or $20.5 million after stock issuance costs. The proceeds from the Private Placement were used by the Company to pay related transaction fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes. A portion of the proceeds were used for the redemption of the preferred stock issued to the United States Department of Treasury in connection with the Company’s participation in the Small Business Lending Fund. The Purchase Agreements contain representations and warranties and covenants of the Company and the Investors that are customary in private placement transactions. The provisions of the Purchase Agreements also include an agreement by the Company to indemnify the Investors against certain liabilities. The Purchase Agreements required the Company to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to register for resale the 1,913,044 shares of common stock issued to the Investors in the Private Placement. The registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on December 27, 2016. On June 30, 2014, the Company filed Certificates of Designations for its Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Class B Preferred”) and its Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (“Class C Preferred”). The Class B Preferred Certificate designated 400 shares of preferred stock as Class B Preferred shares. The Class B Preferred shares carry an annual dividend rate of 6% and are convertible into shares of Company common stock within thirty days after the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the original issue date, based on a common stock price of $16 per share, as adjusted for future corporate activities. On December 28, 2017, the Company distributed a notice to each of the holders of the Class B Preferred Stock regarding the Company’s agreement to waive the timing requirements associated with when a conversion may occur and, instead, the Company will accept notices of conversion at any time prior to July 30, 2019, which is the final conversion date for the Preferred Stock. The Class B Preferred shares are redeemable by the Company on or after the fifth anniversary of the original issue 93 Table of Contents date for Liquidation Amount, as defined therein, plus declared and unpaid dividends. Redemption is subject to any necessary regulatory approvals. In the event of liquidation of the Company, shares of Class B Preferred stock shall be junior to creditors of the Company and to the shares of Senior Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. Holders of Class B Preferred shares shall have no voting rights, except for authorization of senior shares of stock, amendment to the Class B Preferred shares, share exchanges, reclassifications or changes of control, or as required by law. The Class C Preferred Certificate designated 383.4 shares of preferred stock as Class C Preferred shares. The Class C Preferred shares carry an annual dividend rate of 6.5% and are convertible into shares of Company common stock within 30 days after the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the original issue date, based on a common stock price of $16 per share, as adjusted for future corporate activities. On December 28, 2017, the Company distributed a notice to each of the holders of the Class C Preferred Stock regarding the Company’s agreement to waive the timing requirements associated with when a conversion may occur and, instead, the Company will accept notices of conversion at any time prior to July 30, 2019, which is the final conversion date for the Preferred Stock. The Class C Preferred shares are redeemable by the Company on or after the fifth anniversary of the original issue date for Liquidation Amount, as defined therein, plus declared and unpaid dividends. Redemption is subject to any necessary regulatory approvals. In the event of liquidation of the Company, shares of Class C Preferred stock shall be junior to creditors of the Company and to the shares of Senior Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A and the Class B Preferred shares. Holders of Class C Preferred shares shall have no voting rights, except for authorization of senior shares of stock, amendment to the Class C Preferred shares, share exchanges, reclassifications or changes of control, or as required by law. The proceeds of these preferred stock offerings will be used to support continued growth of the Company and its subsidiary. On September 8, 2011 MVB received $8.5 million in Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) capital. MVB issued 8,500 shares of $1,000 per share preferred stock with dividends payable in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 each year. MVB’s loan production qualified for the lowest dividend rate possible of 1%. MVB may continue to utilize the SBLF capital through March 8, 2016 at the 1% dividend rate. After that time, if the SBLF is not retired, the dividend rate increases to 9%. On January 5, 2017, the Company redeemed all of the 8,500 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation amount $1,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The aggregate redemption price of the Series A Preferred Stock was $8,508,500, including dividends accrued, but unpaid through, but not including the redemption date. The Series A Preferred Stock was redeemed from the Company’s surplus capital and approved by the Company’s primary federal regulator. The redemption terminated the Company’s participation in the SBLF program. After the redemption, the Company’s capital ratios remained well in excess of those required for well capitalized status. NOTE 13. STOCK OPTIONS AND OTHER EQUITY AWARDS The MVB Financial Corp. Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSA’s”), and RSU’s to selected employees and directors. During 2017, the Company’s shareholders amended the Plan to increase the total number of shares of stock available for grant of awards by 1.0 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Plan had 3.2 million shares authorized and 865,306 shares remaining available for issuance. To date, the Company has awarded both stock options and RSU’s to selected employees and directors. Total compensation expense recorded on stock options and RSU’s during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $1.3 million, $813 thousand and $568 thousand, respectively. Proceeds from stock options exercised were $2.1 million, $(10) thousand and $32 thousand during 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. During 2018, 2017 and 2016, certain options were exercised in cashless transactions. Shares were forfeited related to exercise price and tax withholdings and the Company paid tax authorities amounts due resulting in a net cash outflow. Stock Options Under the provisions of the Plan, the option price per share shall not be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Stock options expire 10 years from the date of the grant. With the exception of 22,000 shares granted in 2010 that vest in 3 years and expire 10 years from the date of grant, and 125,000 shares granted in 2017 that vest in 4 years and expire in 10 years, all options granted vest in 5 years and expire 10 years from the date of the grant. 94 Table of Contents The following summarizes MVB’s stock options as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the changes for the year then ended: 2018 2017 Number of Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price Number of Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding at beginning of year Granted Exercised Forfeited/expired 1,681,645 $ 256,344 (161,298) (13,200) 13.46 19.50 13.54 14.97 1,499,795 $ 321,750 (49,400) (90,500) Outstanding at end of year 1,763,491 $ 14.36 1,681,645 Exercisable at end of year 994,598 $ 13.21 910,647 $ $ 13.11 15.12 12.24 8.41 13.46 13.00 Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2018 Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2017 Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2016 $ $ $ 5.97 4.05 2.98 The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $871 thousand, $8 thousand and $108 thousand, respectively. The fair value for the options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with average risk-free interest rates of 2.81%, 2.29% and 1.31% for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and a weighted average expected life of the options of 7 years for all three years. The expected volatility of MVB’s stock price used for 2018 options was 18.64%, while for the 2017 options it was 22.76% and 2016 options it was 19.07%. The expected dividend yield used was 0.54% for 2018, 0.60% for 2017 and 0.43% for 2016. The following summarizes information related to the total outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2018: Options Outstanding Options Exercisable Total Options Weighted- Average Exercise Price Intrinsic Value Weighted- Average Remaining Life Total Options Weighted- Average Exercise Price Intrinsic Value Weighted- Average Remaining Life 1,763,491 $14.36 6,496,537 6.21 994,598 $13.21 4,804,917 4.76 Restricted Stock Units Under the provisions of the Plan, RSU’s are similar to restricted stock awards, except the recipient does not receive the stock immediately, but instead receives it according to a vesting plan and distribution schedule after achieving required performance milestones or upon remaining with the Company for a particular length of time. Each RSU that vests entitles the recipient to receive one share of the Company’s common stock on a specified issuance date. The recipient does not have any stockholder rights, including voting, dividend, or liquidation rights, with respect to the shares underlying awarded RSUs until the recipient becomes the record holder of those shares. The Company granted 62,735 RSU’s during 2018, 53,585 time-based and 9,150 performance-based. Performance-based RSU’s vest in one installment at the end of three years based on set criteria and time-based RSU’s vest solely based on time and continued employment in one installment at the end of five years. 95 Table of Contents A summary of the activity for the Company’s RSUs for the period indicated is presented in the following table: Balance at beginning of year Granted Vested Forfeited Balance at end of year 2018 Shares Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value — $ 62,735 (1,368) (1,022) 60,345 $ — 19.29 18.27 19.55 19.31 At December 31, 2018, based on RSU awards outstanding at that time, the total unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense related to unvested RSU awards was $860 thousand. Based upon the contractual terms, this expense is expected to be recognized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 $ $ 240 240 182 182 16 860 Stock-Based Compensation Expense Stock-based compensation expense is recognized as salary and employee benefit cost in the consolidated statements of income based on their fair values on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant. Total stock-based compensation expense recorded on stock options and RSU’s during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $1.3 million, $813 thousand and $568 thousand, respectively. The amount that the Company recognized in stock-based compensation expense related to the issuance of stock options and RSU’s is presented in the following table: (Dollars in thousands) Stock Options RSU’s Total Stock-based compensation expense 2018 2017 2016 $ $ 935 331 1,266 $ $ 813 — 813 $ $ 568 — 568 NOTE 14. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Capital adequacy guidelines have recently changed as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and a separate, international capital initiative known as “Basel III.” Regulators have issued rules implementing these requirements (“Revised Capital Rules”). Among other things, the Revised Capital Rules raise the minimum thresholds for required capital and revise certain aspects of the definitions and elements of the capital that can be used to satisfy these required minimum thresholds. While the rules became effective on January 1, 2014 for certain large banking organizations, most banking organizations, including MVB Financial Corp and the Bank, were required to begin complying with these new requirements on January 1, 2015. These requirements were fully phased in during 2018. 96 Table of Contents Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, as defined. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. The most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 common equity risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Both the Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below. Actual Minimum to be Well Capitalized Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes with Capital Buffer 1 Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio (Dollars in thousands) As of December 31, 2018 Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 193,495 $ 186,127 13.8% 13.3% N/A N/A N/A N/A $ 140,065 10.0% $ 138,314 9.88% Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 168,672 $ 174,704 12.0% 12.5% N/A $ 112,052 N/A 8.0% N/A N/A $ 110,301 7.88% Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 156,714 $ 174,704 11.2% 12.5% N/A $ 91,042 N/A 6.5% N/A N/A $ 89,292 6.38% Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 168,672 9.9% N/A $ 174,704 10.2% $ 85,315 N/A 5.0% N/A N/A N/A N/A As of December 31, 2017 Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 178,147 $ 169,536 14.9% 14.2% N/A N/A N/A N/A $ 119,231 10.0% $ 110,289 9.25% Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 138,308 $ 159,097 11.5% 13.3% N/A $ 95,385 N/A 8.0% N/A N/A $ 86,443 7.25% Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 126,350 $ 159,097 10.6% 13.3% N/A $ 77,500 N/A 6.5% N/A N/A $ 68,558 5.75% Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) Consolidated Subsidiary Bank $ 138,308 9.3% N/A $ 159,097 10.7% $ 73,119 N/A 5.0% N/A N/A N/A N/A $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 112,299 112,052 8.0% 8.0% 84,224 84,039 6.0% 6.0% 63,168 63,029 4.5% 4.5% 68,375 68,252 4.0% 4.0% 95,848 95,385 8.0% 8.0% 71,886 71,539 6.0% 6.0% 53,915 53,654 4.5% 4.5% 58,667 58,495 4.0% 4.0% 1 The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. The capital buffer requirement effectively raises the minimum required common equity Tier 1 capital ratio to 7.0%, the Tier 1 capital ratio to 8.5% and the total capital to 10.5% on a fully phased-in basis. 97 Table of Contents NOTE 15. REGULATORY RESTRICTION ON DIVIDEND The approval of the regulatory agencies is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the Bank’s net profits, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. NOTE 16. LEASES The Company leases land and building space for the operation of some banking offices. All such leases qualify as operating leases. Following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Years ended December 31: 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Total minimum payments required: $ $ 1,785 1,651 1,665 1,649 1,406 12,817 20,973 Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $2.0 million, $2.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively. NOTE 17. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following summarizes the methods and significant assumptions used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments. Level I: Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date. Level II: Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are available but traded less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed. Level III: Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have two- way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. 98 Table of Contents The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are summarized as follows: Fair Value Measurements at: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Certificates of deposits with other banks Securities available-for-sale Equity securities Loans held for sale Loans, net 1 Mortgage servicing rights Interest rate lock commitment Interest rate swap Interest rate cap Fair value hedge Accrued interest receivable Financial liabilities: Deposits Repurchase agreements FHLB and other borrowings Mortgage-backed security hedges Interest rate swap Fair value hedge Accrued interest payable Subordinated debt December 31, 2017 Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Certificates of deposits with other banks Securities available-for-sale Loans held for sale Loans, net 1 Mortgage servicing rights Interest rate lock commitment Interest rate swap Interest rate cap Accrued interest receivable Financial liabilities: Deposits Repurchase agreements FHLB and other borrowings Mortgage-backed security hedges Interest rate swap Accrued interest payable Subordinated debt Carrying Value Estimated Fair Value Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level II) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level III) $ $ $ $ $ 22,221 14,778 221,614 9,599 75,807 1,293,427 173 1,750 1,375 8 343 7,710 1,309,154 14,925 214,887 853 1,375 343 1,064 17,524 20,305 14,778 231,507 66,794 1,096,063 182 1,426 268 33 5,296 1,159,580 22,403 152,169 78 268 643 33,524 $ $ $ $ $ 22,221 14,300 221,614 9,599 75,807 1,276,065 173 1,750 1,375 8 343 7,710 1,249,164 14,925 214,969 853 1,375 343 1,064 18,250 20,305 14,695 231,507 66,794 1,093,824 182 1,426 268 33 5,296 1,126,615 22,403 152,190 78 268 643 35,117 $ $ $ $ $ 22,221 — — 6,027 — — — — — — — — $ — $ 14,300 188,492 3,272 75,807 — — — 1,375 8 343 1,368 — $ — — — — — — — $ 1,249,164 14,925 214,969 853 1,375 343 1,064 18,250 20,305 — 1,607 — — — — — — — $ — $ 14,695 206,091 66,794 — — — 268 33 1,241 — $ — — — — — — $ 1,126,615 22,403 152,190 78 268 643 35,117 $ $ — — 33,122 300 — 1,276,065 173 1,750 — — — 6,342 — — — — — — — — — — 23,809 — 1,093,824 182 1,426 — — 4,055 — — — — — — — 1 In accordance with the adoption of ASU No. 2016–01, the fair value of loans as of December 31, 2018 was measured using an exit price notion. The fair value of loans as of December 31, 2017 was measured using an entry price notion. 99 Table of Contents Transfers of assets and liabilities between levels within the fair value hierarchy are recognized when an event or change in circumstances occurs. During the year ended December 31, 2018, there was a transfer from Level III to Level II in equity securities due to the receipt of a valuation that occurred during 2018. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Fair value estimates are based on existing on-and-off balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. NOTE 18. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS Accounting standards require that the Company adopt fair value measurement for financial assets and financial liabilities. This enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities applies whenever other standards require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. This guidance does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis As required by accounting standards, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company classified investments in government securities as Level II instruments and valued them using the market approach. The following measurements are made on a recurring basis. • Available-for-sale investment and equity securities — Available-for-sale investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level I securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level II securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities and private label entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the year ended December 31, 2018. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods. Certain local municipal securities related to tax increment financing (“TIF”) are independently valued and classified as Level III instruments. Also, certain equity securities are independently valued and classified as Level III instruments. • Loans held for sale — The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary- market prices or investor commitments. If no such quoted price exists, the fair value of a loan is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset or assets, adjusted for the specific attributes of that loan, which would be used by other market participants. • Interest rate lock commitment — The Company estimates the fair value of interest rate lock commitments based on the value of the underlying mortgage loan, quoted mortgage-backed security prices and estimates of the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitments. • Mortgage-backed security hedges — MBS hedges are considered derivatives and are recorded at fair value based on observable market data of the individual mortgage-backed security. • • Interest rate cap — The fair value of the interest rate cap is determined at the end of each quarter by using Bloomberg Finance which values the interest rate cap using observable inputs from forward and futures yield curves as well as standard market volatility. Interest rate swap — Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value based on third party vendors who compile prices from various sources and may determine fair value of identical or similar instruments by using pricing models that consider observable market data. 100 Table of Contents The following tables present the assets reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at their fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. (Dollars in thousands) Assets: U.S. Government Agency securities U.S. Sponsored Mortgage backed securities Municipal securities Other securities Equity securities Loans held for sale Interest rate lock commitment Interest rate swap Interest rate cap Fair value hedge Liabilities: Interest rate swap Fair value hedge Mortgage-backed security hedges (Dollars in thousands) Assets: U.S. Government Agency securities U.S. Sponsored Mortgage backed securities Municipal securities Equity and other securities Loans held for sale Interest rate lock commitment Interest rate swap Interest rate cap Liabilities: Interest rate swap Mortgage-backed security hedges December 31, 2018 Level I Level II Level III Total $ — $ 77,430 $ — — — 6,027 — — — — — — — — 50,115 50,639 10,308 3,272 75,807 — 1,375 8 343 1,375 343 853 — $ — 33,122 — 300 — 1,750 — — — — — — 77,430 50,115 83,761 10,308 9,599 75,807 1,750 1,375 8 343 1,375 343 853 December 31, 2017 Level I Level II Level III Total $ — $ 80,945 $ — — 1,607 — — — — — — 58,154 52,933 15,666 66,794 — 268 33 268 78 — $ — 22,909 900 — 1,426 — — — — 80,945 58,154 75,842 18,173 66,794 1,426 268 33 268 78 101 Table of Contents The following table represents recurring level III assets: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2017 Realized and unrealized gains included in earnings Purchase of securities Transfer to Level II Assets Unrealized gain included in other comprehensive income (loss) Unrealized loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) Balance at December 31, 2018 Balance at December 31, 2016 Realized and unrealized losses included in earnings Purchase of securities Unrealized gain included in other comprehensive income (loss) Balance at December 31, 2017 Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis Interest Rate Lock Commitments Municipal Securities Equity Securities Total $ 1,426 $ 22,909 $ 900 $ 25,235 324 — — — — $ $ 1,750 1,546 (120) — — — 6,232 — 4,191 (210) 33,122 6,135 — 16,381 393 $ $ — — (600) — — 300 300 — 600 — $ $ 1,426 $ 22,909 $ 900 $ 324 6,232 (600) 4,191 (210) 35,172 7,981 (120) 16,981 393 25,235 $ $ $ The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets, financial liabilities, non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), non- financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment. Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2018 and 2017 include certain foreclosed assets which, upon initial recognition, were remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for possible loan losses and certain foreclosed assets which, subsequent to their initial recognition, were remeasured at fair value through a write-down included in other noninterest expense. • Impaired Loans — Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment using one of several methods, including collateral value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. Collateral values are estimated using Level II inputs based on observable market data or Level III inputs based on customized discounting criteria. For a majority of impaired real estate related loans, the Company obtains a current external appraisal. Other valuation techniques are used as well, including internal valuations, comparable property analysis and contractual sales information. • Other Real Estate owned — Other real estate owned, which is obtained through the Bank’s foreclosure process is valued utilizing the appraised collateral value. Collateral values are estimated using Level II inputs based on observable market data or Level III inputs based on customized discounting criteria. At the time the foreclosure is completed, the Company obtains a current external appraisal. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are included in the table below: (Dollars in thousands) Impaired loans Other real estate owned December 31, 2018 Level I Level II Level III Total $ — $ — — $ 11,735 $ — 2,145 11,735 2,145 102 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands) Impaired loans Other real estate owned December 31, 2017 Level I Level II Level III Total $ — $ — — $ 14,368 $ — 1,346 14,368 1,346 The following tables presents quantitative information about the Level III significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2018 and 2017. (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018 Nonrecurring measurements: Impaired loans Other real estate owned Recurring measurements: Municipal securities Equity securities Interest rate lock commitments (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2017 Nonrecurring measurements: Impaired loans Other real estate owned Recurring measurements: Municipal securities Equity securities Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range 11,735 Appraisal of collateral 1 2,145 Appraisal of collateral 1 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 20% - 62% 5% - 10% 20% - 30% 5% - 10% 33,122 Appraisal of bond 3 Bond appraisal adjustment 4 5% - 15% 300 Net asset value Cost minus impairment 0% 1,750 Pricing model Pull through rates 80% - 88% Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range 14,368 Appraisal of collateral 1 1,346 Appraisal of collateral 1 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 20% - 62% 5% - 10% 20% - 30% 5% - 10% 22,909 Appraisal of bond 3 Bond appraisal adjustment 4 5% - 15% 900 Net asset value Cost minus impairment 0% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Interest rate lock commitments 1 Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various level III inputs which are not identifiable. Pull through rates Pricing model 73% - 85% 1,426 $ 2 Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal. 3 Fair value determined through independent analysis of liquidity, rating, yield, and duration. 4 Appraisals may be adjusted for qualitative factors, such as local economic conditions. 103 Table of Contents NOTE 19. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME The following tables present the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 2016 Details about AOCI Components Available-for-sale securities Unrealized holding gains $ Defined benefit pension plan items Amortization of net actuarial loss Amount Reclassified from AOCI Amount Reclassified from AOCI Amount Reclassified from AOCI Affected line item in the Statement where Net Income is presented $ 327 327 (88) 239 (306) (306) 83 (223) $ 731 731 (292) 439 (241) (241) 96 (145) 1,082 1,082 (433) 649 (236) (236) 94 (142) Gain on sale of securities Total before tax Income tax expense Net of tax Salaries and benefits Total before tax Income tax expense Net of tax Total reclassifications $ 16 $ 294 $ 507 (Dollars in thousands) Balance at January 1, 2018 Other comprehensive loss before reclassification Amounts reclassified from AOCI Net current period OCI Balance at Stranded AOCI Balance at Mark to Market on equity positions held at December 31, 2017 Balance at December 31, 2018 Balance at January 1, 2017 Other comprehensive loss before reclassification Amounts reclassified from AOCI Net current period OCI Balance at December 31, 2017 Unrealized gains (losses) on available for-sale securities Defined benefit pension plan items Total $ $ $ $ $ $ (5) $ (2,983) $ (3,042) (239) (3,281) — $ (98) $ (16) 223 207 (646) $ — $ (2,988) (3,058) (16) (3,074) (646) (98) (3,384) $ (3,422) $ (6,806) (1,598) $ (2,679) $ 2,032 (439) 1,593 (449) 145 (304) (5) $ (2,983) $ (4,277) 1,583 (294) 1,289 (2,988) 104 Table of Contents NOTE 20. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY Information relative to the parent company’s condensed balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related condensed statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are presented below: Condensed Balance Sheets (Dollars in thousands) Assets Cash Investment in subsidiaries Other assets Total assets Liabilities and stockholders’ equity Other liabilities Long-term debt Total liabilities Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity Condensed Statements of Income (Dollars in thousands) Income - dividends from bank subsidiary Expenses - operating Income (loss) before income taxes and undistributed earnings - continuing operations Income tax (benefit) - continuing operations Income after tax from continuing operations Income before income taxes and undistributed earnings - discontinued operations Income tax - discontinued operations Income after tax from discontinued operations $ $ $ December 31, 2018 2017 4,449 $ 187,052 5,036 3,904 175,027 5,743 196,537 $ 184,674 2,240 $ 17,524 19,764 176,773 $ 196,537 $ 958 33,524 34,482 150,192 184,674 Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 2016 $ 8,906 $ 13,724 $ 13,439 (4,533) (1,569) (2,964) — — — 11,974 1,750 (2,147) 3,897 — — — 9,241 11,307 (2,066) (2,072) 6 6,926 2,629 4,297 8,609 Equity in undistributed income earnings of subsidiaries 14,967 3,678 Net Income Preferred dividends Net Income available to common shareholders $ $ $ 12,003 $ 7,575 $ 12,912 489 11,514 $ $ 498 7,077 $ $ 1,128 11,784 105 Table of Contents Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in thousands) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net Income Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Increase (decrease) in other assets Decrease (increase) in other liabilities Stock option expense 2018 2017 2016 $ 12,003 $ 7,575 $ (14,967) 1,997 1,311 1,267 (3,678) (2,214) (234) 813 12,912 (8,609) (612) 920 568 Net cash provided by provided by operating activities 1,611 2,262 5,179 INVESTING ACTIVITIES Investment in subsidiary (2,194) (947) (19,697) Net cash used in investing activities (2,194) (947) (19,697) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Proceeds of stock offering AOCI reclassification of pension and available-for-sale investments Proceeds from subordinated debt Preferred stock issuance Preferred stock redemption Common stock options exercised Cash dividends paid on common stock Cash dividends paid on preferred stock — 743 (35) — — 2,129 (1,220) (489) 4,931 20,519 — — — (8,500) (10) (1,033) (498) — — — — 32 (646) (1,128) Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 1,128 (5,110) 18,777 (Decrease) increase in cash Cash at beginning of period Cash at end of period NOTE 21. SEGMENT REPORTING 545 (3,795) 4,259 3,904 7,699 3,440 $ 4,449 $ 3,904 $ 7,699 The Company has identified three reportable segments: commercial and retail banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. Insurance services was previously identified as a reportable segment until entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement, as discussed below and in Note 22, “Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Revenue from commercial and retail banking activities consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. Revenue from financial holding company activities is mainly comprised of intercompany service income and dividends. Revenue from the mortgage banking activities is comprised of interest earned on loans and fees received as a result of the mortgage origination process. The mortgage banking services are conducted by MVB Mortgage. Revenue from insurance services is comprised mainly of commissions on the sale of insurance products. On June 30, 2016, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with USI Insurance Services (“USI”), in which USI purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of MVB Insurance, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $6.9 million, as discussed in Note 22, “Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. MVB Insurance retained the assets related 106 Table of Contents to, and continues to operate, its title insurance business. The title insurance business is immaterial in terms of revenue and the Company has reorganized MVB Insurance as a subsidiary of the Bank. Information about the reportable segments and reconciliation to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Mortgage fee income Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Other expense Total noninterest expenses Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Capital Expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2018 Total Assets as of December 31, 2018 Goodwill as of December 31, 2018 $ $ $ Commercial & Retail Banking Mortgage Banking 2018 Financial Holding Company Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ 63,762 $ 6,667 $ 5 $ (674) $ 13,667 50,095 2,386 47,709 585 6,479 7,064 14,924 20,081 35,005 19,768 4,265 15,503 — 15,503 $ $ 4,085 2,582 54 2,528 32,880 (243) 32,637 23,927 8,608 32,535 2,630 677 1,953 — 1,953 $ $ 1,756 (1,751) — (1,751) — 6,411 6,411 7,373 4,309 11,682 (1,802) 1,128 — 1,128 (1,128) (6,344) (7,472) — (6,344) (6,344) (7,022) (1,569) (5,453) $ 489 — — — $ — 69,760 17,706 52,054 2,440 49,614 32,337 6,303 38,640 46,224 26,654 72,878 15,376 3,373 12,003 489 (5,942) $ — $ 11,514 2,284 $ 272 $ 137 $ — $ 2,693 1,753,932 1,598 165,430 16,882 196,537 (364,930) 1,750,969 — — 18,480 107 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Mortgage fee income Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Other expense Total noninterest expenses Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Capital Expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2017 Total Assets as of December 31, 2017 Goodwill as of December 31, 2017 $ $ $ Commercial & Retail Banking Mortgage Banking 2017 Financial Holding Company Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ 52,423 $ 4,698 $ 4 $ (527) $ 9,118 43,305 1,967 41,338 736 5,866 6,602 12,266 19,523 31,789 16,151 5,820 10,331 — 10,331 $ $ 2,317 2,381 206 2,175 37,262 (2,372) 34,890 26,196 8,188 34,384 2,681 1,082 1,599 — 1,599 2,241 (2,237) — (2,237) — 5,466 5,466 5,646 4,085 9,731 (1,375) 848 — 848 (849) (5,403) (6,252) — (5,404) (5,404) (6,502) (2,147) (4,355) $ 498 (4,853) $ $ $ — — — $ — — $ 56,598 12,301 44,297 2,173 42,124 37,149 3,557 40,706 44,108 26,392 70,500 12,330 4,755 7,575 498 7,077 3,226 $ 1,187 $ 83 $ — $ 4,496 1,533,497 1,598 149,323 16,882 184,674 (333,192) 1,534,302 — — 18,480 108 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Mortgage fee income Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Other expense Total noninterest expenses Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) - continuing operations Net income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations Income tax expense (benefit) - discontinued operations Net income (loss) from discontinued operations Net income (loss) Preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Capital Expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2016 Total Assets as of December 31, 2016 Goodwill as of December 31, 2016 Commercial & Retail Banking Commercial & Retail Banking Mortgage Banking Financial Holding Company Insurance Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated 2016 $ 50,413 $ 4,285 $ 3 $ — $ (578) $ 1,035 39,359 8,437 41,976 3,632 38,344 (252) 5,905 5,653 11,592 18,009 29,601 14,396 4,496 2,082 2,203 — 2,203 36,960 1,674 38,634 27,696 8,125 35,821 5,016 1,954 2,226 (2,223) — (2,223) — 5,247 5,247 5,937 3,144 9,081 (6,057) (2,072) — — — — — — — — — — — — (1,613) 1,035 — (1,035) (5,294) (6,329) — (5,294) (5,294) — — $ 9,900 $ 3,062 $ (3,985) $ — $ — $ — — — 9,900 — — — — 3,062 — 6,926 2,629 4,297 312 1,128 (580) (218) (362) (362) — — — — — — $ $ 9,900 $ 3,062 $ (816) $ (362) $ — $ 11,784 1,145 $ 220 $ 303 $ — $ — $ 1,668 1,415,735 1,598 122,242 16,882 180,340 — — — (299,513) 1,418,804 — 18,480 54,123 11,132 42,991 3,632 35,673 7,532 43,205 45,225 23,984 69,209 13,355 4,378 8,977 6,346 2,411 3,935 12,912 1,128 For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Commercial & Retail Banking segment earned $15.5 million compared to $10.3 million in 2017. Net interest income increased by $6.8 million, primarily the result of a $9.4 million increase in interest and fees on loans which was offset by a $3.3 million increase in interest on deposits. Noninterest income increased by $462 thousand, primarily the result of a $536 thousand increase in income on bank owned life insurance and a $562 thousand increase in the holding gain on equity securities. These increases were partially offset by a $660 thousand decrease in the gain on sale of securities. Noninterest expense increased by $3.2 million, primarily the result of the following: $2.7 million increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, $281 thousand increase in occupancy and equipment expense, and a $584 thousand increase in professional fees. In addition, provision expense increased by $419 thousand. Also, income tax expense decreased $1.6 million as a result of the new tax laws enacted in late 2017. 109 Table of Contents Mortgage Banking For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Mortgage Banking segment earned $2.0 million compared to $1.6 million in 2017. Net interest income increased $201 thousand, noninterest income decreased by $2.3 million, and noninterest expense decreased by $1.8 million. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily the result of a $4.4 million decrease in mortgage fee income, which was partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease in the loss on derivative. The decrease in noninterest expense was primarily the result of the following: $2.3 million decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense, which was primarily due to a 13.4% decrease in origination volume and a $752 thousand decrease in the earn out paid to management of the mortgage company related to the 2012 acquisition. Other items that impacted noninterest expense were a $344 thousand increase in mortgage processing expense and a $106 thousand increase in other operating expenses. Financial Holding Company For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Financial Holding Company segment lost $5.5 million compared to a loss of $4.4 million in 2017. Interest expense decreased $485 thousand, noninterest income increased $945 thousand and noninterest expense increased $2.0 million. In addition, the income tax benefit decreased $578 thousand. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in salaries and employee benefits expense. Insurance In June 2016, primarily all the assets of the Insurance segment were sold and the segment was reorganized as a subsidiary of the Bank. There was no insurance segment in 2017. The discontinued insurance segment lost $362 thousand in 2016. NOTE 22. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On June 30, 2016, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with USI, in which USI purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of MVB Insurance, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $6.9 million. MVB Insurance retained the assets related to, and continues to operate, its title insurance business. The title insurance business is immaterial in terms of revenue and the Company has reorganized MVB Insurance as a subsidiary of the Bank. The Company retained approximately $424 thousand in liabilities and received proceeds totaling $7.0 million related to this transaction. There were no assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2018 or 2017. 110 Table of Contents Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) NONINTEREST INCOME 2018 2017 2016 Insurance and investment services income $ — $ — $ Gain on sale of subsidiary Other operating income Total noninterest income NONINTEREST EXPENSES Salary and employee benefits Occupancy expense Equipment depreciation and maintenance Data processing and communications Marketing, contributions and sponsorships Professional fees Printing, postage and supplies Insurance, tax and assessment expense Travel, entertainment, dues and subscriptions Other operating expenses Total noninterest expense Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - discontinued operations — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Net Income from discontinued operations $ — $ — $ NOTE 23. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 1,887 6,926 2 8,815 1,937 124 29 79 7 2 12 58 67 154 2,469 6,346 2,411 3,935 (Dollars in thousands) 2018 First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter (Dollars in thousands) 2017 First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter Interest Income Net Interest Income Income Before Taxes Net Income Basic Diluted Earnings Per Share $ 15,054 $ 11,465 $ 3,291 $ 2,594 $ 16,944 18,176 19,586 12,655 13,524 14,410 3,596 4,549 3,940 2,831 3,579 2,999 $ 0.24 0.25 0.30 0.25 0.23 0.25 0.29 0.24 Earnings Per Share Interest Income Net Interest Income Income Before Taxes Net Income Basic Diluted $ 13,068 $ 10,306 $ 2,295 $ 1,574 $ 13,814 14,630 15,086 10,894 11,414 11,683 3,435 3,510 3,090 2,260 2,318 1,423 $ 0.14 0.21 0.21 0.12 0.14 0.20 0.21 0.12 NOTE 24. REVENUE RECOGNITION The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). Under Topic 606, the Company must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Significant revenue has not been recognized in the current reporting period that results from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods. 111 Table of Contents The Company’s primary sources of revenue are derived from interest and fees earned on loans, investment securities, and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of Topic 606. The Company has evaluated the nature of its contracts with customers and determined that further disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers into more granular categories beyond what is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income was not necessary. The Company generally fully satisfies its performance obligations on its contracts with customers as services are rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed; charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity. Because performance obligations are satisfied as services are rendered and the transaction prices are fixed, there is little judgment involved in applying Topic 606 that significantly affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with customers. The Company also completed its evaluation of certain costs related to these revenue streams to determine whether such costs should be presented as expenses or contract-revenue (i.e. gross versus net). Based on the evaluation, the Company determined that the classification of certain debit and credit card processing related costs should change (i.e. costs previously recorded as expense in now recorded as contract-revenue). These classification changes resulted in immaterial changes to both revenue and expense. Since there was no net income impact upon adoption of the new guidance, a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings was not deemed necessary. Consistent with the modified retrospective approach, the Company did not adjust prior period amounts related to the debit and credit card related cost reclassifications discussed above. Service Charges on Deposit Accounts Service charges on deposit accounts consist of account analysis fees, monthly service fees, check orders, and other deposit account related fees. The Company’s performance obligation for account analysis fees and monthly service fees is generally satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, over the period in which the service is provided. Check orders and other deposit account related fees are largely transactional based, and therefore, the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at a point in time. Payment for service charges on deposit accounts is primarily received immediately or in the following month through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. Visa Debit Card and Interchange Income Visa debit card and interchange income is primarily comprised of interchange fees earned whenever the Bank’s debit and credit cards are processed through card payment networks, such as Visa. The Bank’s performance obligation for debit card and interchange income is generally satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, on a transactional basis. Payment is typically received immediately or in the following month. Other Operating Income Other operating income is primarily comprised of ATM fees, wire transfer fees, travelers check fees, revenue streams such as safe deposit box rental fees, and other miscellaneous service charges. ATM fees, wire transfer fees and travelers check fees are primarily generated when a Bank’s cardholder uses a non-Bank ATM or a non-Bank cardholder uses a Bank ATM. Safe deposit box rental fees are charged to the customer on an annual basis and recognized upon receipt of payment. The Bank determined that since rentals and renewals occur fairly consistently over time, revenue is recognized on a basis consistent with the duration of the performance obligation. Other service charges include revenue from processing wire transfers, bill pay service, cashier’s checks, and other services. The Bank’s performance obligations for fees and other service charges are largely satisfied, and related revenue recognized, when the services are rendered or upon completion. Payment is typically received immediately or in the following month. The Bank’s performance obligation for the gains and losses on sales of other real estate owned is satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, after each sale of other real estate owned is closed. The following presents noninterest income, segregated by revenue streams in scope and out of scope of Topic 606, for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 2016 Service charges on deposit accounts Visa debit card and interchange income Other Noninterest income in scope of Topic 606 Noninterest income out of scope of Topic 606 Total noninterest income $ $ 1,033 $ 765 $ 647 558 2,238 36,402 1,258 260 2,283 38,423 38,640 $ 40,706 $ 112 764 1,185 115 2,064 41,141 43,205 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MVB Financial Corp. Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014. Gaithersburg, Maryland March 8, 2019 113 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (the Principal Executive Officer), along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer), has evaluated the effectiveness, as of December 31, 2018, of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018. There have been no material changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 5), or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. Management’s assessment did not identify any material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework in 2013. Because there were no material weaknesses discovered, management believes that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report and has issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which report is included in “Item 9A – Controls and Procedures” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Donald T. Robinson Donald T. Robinson Executive Vice President and CFO (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 114 Table of Contents Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2018 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 115 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of MVB Financial Corp. Opinion on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting We have audited MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of MVB Financial Corp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and our report dated March 8, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 116 Table of Contents Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Gaithersburg, Maryland March 8, 2019 117 Table of Contents ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G.(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G.(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS This information is omitted from this report (with the exception of the equity compensation plan information, which is reported in Item 5 of this report and is incorporated herein by reference) pursuant to General Instruction G.(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2018: Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Total Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options (a) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options (b) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) 994,598 N/A 994,598 $ $ 13.21 N/A 13.21 865.306 N/A 865.306 During 2018, 161,298 stock options under the Company’s equity compensation plan were exercised. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G.(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G.(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. 118 Table of Contents ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a)(1) Financial Statements PART IV Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (b) Exhibits Exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are attached hereto. For a list of such exhibits, see “Exhibit Index” below. The Exhibit Index specifically identifies each management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 119 Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: March 8, 2019 MVB Financial Corp. By: /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES Know all persons by the presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Larry F. Mazza or Donald T. Robinson or either of them, as attorney-in-fact, with each having the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendment to this Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza, President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Donald T. Robinson Donald T. Robinson, Executive Vice President and CFO (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) /s/ David B. Alvarez David B. Alvarez, Chairman /s/ James J. Cava, Jr. James J. Cava, Jr., Director /s/ Harry E. Dean III Harry E. Dean III, Director /s/ John W. Ebert John W. Ebert, Director /s/ Daniel W. Holt Daniel W. Holt, Director /s/ Gary A. LeDonne Gary A. LeDonne, Director /s/ Kelly R. Nelson Kelly R. Nelson, Director /s/ J. Christopher Pallotta J. Christopher Pallotta, Director 120 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 Table of Contents EXHIBIT INDEX Description Exhibit Location Exhibit Number 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 10.2† 10.3† 10.4 Articles of Incorporation, as amended Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended Specimen of Stock Certificate representing MVB Financial Corp. Common Stock Form of Certificate for the SBLF Preferred Stock Form of Subscription Rights Certificate 10.1† MVB Financial Corp. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan Annual Report Form 10-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed June 22, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form S-3 Registration Statement, File No. 333-228688, filed December 6, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed September 12, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 13, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Form SB-2 Registration Statement, File No. 333-120931, filed December 2, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein MVB Financial Corp. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended Form 10-K, File No. 001-38314, filed March 8, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein MVB Financial Corp. 2018 Annual Senior Executive Performance Incentive Plan Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed February 23, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Lease Agreement with Essex Properties, LLC for land occupied by Bridgeport Branch 10.5† Employment Agreement of Larry F. Mazza 10.6† Employment Agreement of Donald T. Robinson 10.7† Offer Letter for Donald T. Robinson 10.8 10.9 Asset Purchase Agreement by and among MVB Insurance, LLC, MVB Financial Corp., and USI Insurance Services LLC Severance Agreement and Release of Claims by and between MVB Financial Corp. and Bret S. Price 10.10 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement Form SB-2 Registration Statement, File No. 333-120931, filed December 2, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K/A, File No. 000-50567, filed January 24, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed December 3, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed December 3, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-50567, filed November 3, 2016, and incorporated by reference herein Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-50567, filed November 3, 2016, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed December 6, 2016, and incorporated by reference herein 10.11† 10.12† 10.13† Investment Agreement between MVB Financial Corp. and Larry F. Mazza Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 13, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Third Addendum to the Employment Agreement with MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank, Inc. and H. Edward Dean, III, President and Chief Executive Officer of Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc., doing business as MVB Mortgage Fourth Addendum to the Employment Agreement with MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank, Inc. and H. Edward Dean, III, President and Chief Executive Officer of Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc., doing business as MVB Mortgage Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-50567, filed July 31, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-50567, filed July 31, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein 10.14† MVB Financial Corp. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed March 27, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein 11 14 21 Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings per Share Code of Ethics Subsidiary of Registrant Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith 121 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Filed herewith EXHIBIT INDEX Power of Attorney Contained in signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K Table of Contents 23.1 24 31.1 31.2 32.1* Certificate of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 Certificate of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 Certificate of Principal Executive Officer & Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith (*) In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. (†) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 122 Earnings per Share are calculated as follows: Earnings Per Share (Dollars in thousands except shares and per share data) 2018 2017 2016 For the years ended December 31, Exhibit 11 $ 12,003 $ 7,575 $ 489 11,514 — 498 7,077 — 11,514 $ 7,077 $ 11,514 $ 7,077 $ 489 753 — — 12,756 $ 7,077 $ 8,977 1,128 7,849 3,935 11,784 7,849 — 1,390 9,239 11,030,984 10,308,738 8,212,021 489,625 837,500 363,894 — — 131,490 — 1,837,500 19,212 12,722,003 10,440,228 10,068,733 1.04 $ — $ 1.04 1.00 $ $ — $ 1.00 $ 0.69 $ — $ 0.69 0.68 $ $ — $ 0.68 $ 0.96 0.48 1.44 0.92 0.39 1.31 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Numerator for basic earnings per share: Net Income from continuing operations Less: Dividends on preferred stock Net Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders - basic Net Income from discontinued operations available to common shareholders - basic and diluted Net Income available to common shareholders Numerator for diluted earnings per share: Net Income from continuing operations available to common shareholders - basic Add: Dividends on preferred stock Add: Interest on subordinated debt (tax effected) Net Income available to common shareholders from continuing operations - diluted Denominator: Total average shares outstanding Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock Effect of dilutive convertible subordinated debt Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units Total diluted average shares outstanding Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per common shareholder - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per common shareholder - diluted 1 Exhibit 14 MVB Financial Corp. (hereinafter “MVB Financial”) and Its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (hereinafter collectively “MVB”) CODE OF ETHICS FOR SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS Board Approved: December 18, 2018 HR Committee: November 20, 2018 This policy applies to all senior financial officers of MVB. The senior financial officers include Larry F. Mazza, Donald T. Robinson, Joshua A. Anderson, John T. Schirripa, Donald T. Robinson, Eric L. Tichenor, David A. Jones, Kenneth L. Ash, Harry E. Dean III, Peter W. Cameron. (“Covered Persons”). Specifically, the senior financial officers for MVB represent the following organizations: MVB Financial Corp. Larry F. Mazza, Donald T. Robinson, David A. Jones, and Joshua A. Anderson MVB Bank, Inc. Larry F. Mazza, Donald T. Robinson, John T. Schirripa, Eric L. Tichenor, David A. Jones, Joshua A. Anderson, and Kenneth L. Ash Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc. Harry E. Dean III, Peter W. Cameron This Code of Ethics is required by the United States securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission as being necessary to deter wrongdoing and to promote: honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of (i) interest between personal and professional relationships, avoidance of conflicts of interest, including disclosure to an appropriate person or persons (ii) identified in the code of any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict, full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that MVB (iii) files with, or submits to, the Commission and in other public communications made by MVB, (iv) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, the prompt internal reporting of code violations to an appropriate person or persons identified (v) in the code; and (vi) accountability for adherence to the code. If you have any questions regarding this Code, please feel free to contact the MVB Financial President and Chief Executive Officer or the MVB Financial Chairman of the Board of Directors. If you are not comfortable speaking with the MVB Financial President and Chief Executive Officer or MVB Financial Chairman of the Board of Directors, you are encouraged to speak with the MVB Financial Senior Vice President, Human Resources. 1. Each Covered Person must avoid any transaction or arrangement that would create a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest between personal and professional relationships. A conflict of interest may be generally defined as a conflict between the Covered Person’s private interests and his or her responsibilities to MVB or an entity with which MVB maintains a relationship. A conflict of interest can also arise when an immediate family member is involved in a transaction or arrangement that in any way casts doubt upon the Covered Person’s independence. An “immediate family member” includes a Covered Person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mothers and fathers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, sisters-in-law, brothers-in-law, and anyone (other than employees) who shares the Covered Person’s home. 2. Covered Persons may only accept items of nominal value as gifts from any individual or entity that is involved or seeks to become involved in a business relationship with MVB. The Bank Bribery Act prohibits Covered Persons and others from offering or receiving anything of value where the item of value is offered with the intent of influencing MVB personnel or a business transaction. This law is broad and carries civil and criminal penalties, including fines and/or imprisonment. Covered Persons may accept any non-cash item of value from customers only if it: • • • • • Is valued at $100 or less; Is not intended to influence any decision by us; Is unsolicited; Is infrequent; and Is not a quid pro quo. Under no circumstances shall Covered Persons accept cash or any other form of money as a gift from any customer. Gifts which are likely to be acceptable under these guidelines are: advertising or promotional materials such as pens, pencils, key rings, calendars and similar items valued under $100. Additionally, Covered Persons may accept gifts from individuals who have both a personal relationship with such Covered Persons, as well as a business relationship with MVB, for such commonly recognized events or occasions as a promotion, wedding, retirement, or religious observance, if valued at less than $100. Generally, there is no threat of a violation of the Bank Bribery Act if acceptance of a gift or benefit is based on an immediate family or personal relationship, which exists independent of any business with MVB or if the gift or benefit is made available to the general public under the same conditions on which it is made available to a Covered Person. Payments for travel, lodging, meals and entertainment are normally permissible if they (i) are reasonable in amount; (ii) are expended in the course of a legitimate business meeting or an event intended to foster better business relations; (iii) would be paid by MVB as a business expense if not paid for by the outside source; and (iv) are unsolicited. If any Covered Person is offered or receive something of value in excess of the above- stated amounts or any payment for travel, lodging, meals or entertainment, such person must disclose the matter, in writing, to the President and Chief Executive Officer, and seek a determination on acceptability. The reviewer will give due consideration to the criteria for permissible gifts and whether receipt poses a threat to the integrity of MVB or might violate the Bank Bribery Act. 3. All Covered Persons are responsible for maintaining accurate financial records for MVB. Covered Persons must closely adhere to the following accounting guidelines: (i) (ii) All assets, liabilities and transactions of MVB should be accurately recorded in accordance with MVB’s record keeping procedures and generally accepted accounting principles; No false or misleading entries are permitted to be knowingly made or caused to be made in MVB’s record books, even if such entries would not be material to MVB or its operations as a whole; and (iii) Any entries that are inaccurate, false or irregular should be promptly reported to a member of the Audit Committee for an immediate corrective action. 4. Covered Persons must recognize that confidential information is an asset of MVB, and must refrain from using inside information to their personal advantage. Covered Persons must maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by MVB or its customers or suppliers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to MVB or its customers or suppliers, if disclosed. At its core, the prohibition against insider trading focuses on the buying, selling or trading in securities using non-public information. The prohibition applies to securities of MVB as well as to customers and suppliers of MVB and, or any entity with which MVB and has a business relationship. Covered Persons are in a unique position to acquire non-public information about MVB, and such information might influence their decision to buy, sell or trade securities. In addition to refraining from using inside information in making their own investment decisions, Covered Persons should also avoid discussing the inside information with friends or immediate family members (whether at home or in the public) or mailing or faxing the inside information to outside sources unless appropriate confidentiality agreements are in place to ensure that material, non-public information is not used improperly. 5. The conduct of Covered Persons should be governed by the highest standards of integrity and fairness. Covered Persons should avoid those situations in which outside personal interests conflict with MVB’s business. These situations include: (i) (ii) Ownership by a Covered Person, or a member of his or her immediate family, of a material financial interest in any outside enterprise that is involved or seeks to become involved in a business relationship with MVB; Ownership by a Covered Person, or a member of his or her immediate family, of a material financial interest in any outside enterprise that competes for business with MVB; (iii) Outside employment of a Covered Person, or a member of his or her immediate family, whether as a consultant, director, officer, employee or independent contractor, with an entity that is involved or seeks to become involved in a business relationship with MVB; or (iv) Appointment of a Covered Person, or a member of his or her immediate family, to a public office, board or commission that may create an appearance of a conflict of interest between the goals and purposes of that organization and MVB business. Such appointment would include a “public service” organization or a not-for-profit organization. 6. Covered Persons must not take for themselves opportunities that they discover while working for MVB, or use corporate property or information for personal gain. Covered Persons must not (a) take personal advantage of a situation or knowledge acquired through the use of his or her position or MVB’s property, if the situation or knowledge could be used for MVB’s benefit, (b) use his or her position or MVB property or information for personal gain, or (c) compete with the MVB. Covered Persons owe a duty to the MVB to advance its interests whenever the opportunity arises. 7. In drafting periodic reports that are to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Covered Persons should take all steps necessary to ensure full, fair, accurate, timely and complete disclosure. (i) Go Beyond the Minimum Disclosure Required by Law. While in the past periodic reporting has focused on disclosing only those items that were mandated by the law, Covered Persons should go beyond the minimum requirements to convey the full financial picture of MVB to the public. Areas of special attention include: off-balance sheet structures, insider and affiliated party transactions, board relationships, accounting policies, and auditor relationships. (ii) Make Sure All Relationships that Could Give Rise to Any Perceived Conflicts are Fully Disclosed. Given the recent focus of lawmakers on a more complete disclosure of any material conflict of interest to the public, it is important to ensure that any transaction that threatens to create the appearance of a conflict of interest must be fully disclosed in MVB’s periodic reports. 8. Covered Persons must comply with all laws and regulations that apply to MVB’s business. All Covered Persons should understand those laws that apply to them in the performance of their duties and ensure that their decisions and actions are conducted in conformity with those laws. Any violation of the applicable laws can subject MVB or the implicated Covered Person to liability. Any inquiries relating to compliance with applicable laws and regulations should be directed to the MVB Financial Chief Risk Officer. 9. Accountability for adherence to the Code. Failure to adhere to the above detailed responsibilities by the Covered Persons may result in disciplinary action being taken against such persons. The disciplinary action may range up to and including termination. The Board of Directors shall be responsible for determining the proper action to be taken. Exhibit 21 MVB FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 Subsidiaries of MVB Financial Corp. The following are the only subsidiaries of MVB Financial Corp.: Name of Subsidiary MVB Bank Inc. Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc., (D/B/A MVB Mortgage) MVB Insurance, LLC MVB Community Development Corporation Jurisdiction of Incorporation West Virginia Virginia West Virginia West Virginia 1 Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-189512, 333-186910, 333-145716, and 333-120234) on Forms S-8 and (Nos. 333-180317, 333-208949, and 333-215140) on Forms S-3 of MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary of our report, dated March 8, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiary and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which reports appear in MVB Financial Corp.’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Gaithersburg, Maryland March 8, 2019 1 Form 10-K Certification I, Larry F. Mazza, certify that: CERTIFICATION Exhibit 31.1 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MVB Financial Corp.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted account principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 8, 2019 /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) 1 Exhibit 31.2 Form 10-K Certification I, Donald T. Robinson, certify that: CERTIFICATION 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MVB Financial Corp.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted account principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 8, 2019 /s/ Donald T. Robinson Donald T. Robinson Executive Vice President and CFO (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 1 SIGNATURES Exhibit 32.1 In accordance with Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized and based on our knowledge and belief that: 1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. MVB Financial Corp. By: /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Donald T. Robinson Donald T. Robinson Executive Vice President and CFO (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Date: March 8, 2019 Date: March 8, 2019 1 Morgantown Fairmont Clarksburg Bridgeport Inwood Martinsburg Charles Town Leesburg WASHINGTON D.C. McLean Reston Fairfax WEST VIRGINIA Charleston VIRGINIA Greensboro Raleigh NORTH CAROLINA Charlotte Columbia SOUTH CAROLINA Wilmington Supply Charleston MVB Bank MVB Mortgage MVB Bank & Mortgage 301 Virginia Avenue • Fairmont, West Virginia 26554 MVBbanking.com | 304- 363-4800 | 844-MVB-BANK (844-682-2265) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above